Shared Flashcard Set

Details

Title

Homework Minute

Description

Helper

Total Cards

103

Subject

Accounting

Level

Graduate

Created

09/10/2014

Click here to study/print these flashcards.

Create your own flash cards! Sign up here.

Additional Accounting Flashcards

Cards Return to Set Details

Term

ACCT 504 Entire Course Material

Click the link below to purchase:

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acct-504-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACCT 504 Entire Course Material

ACCT 504 Week 3 Case Study 1 Flower Landscaping Corporation

ACCT 504 Week 5 Case Study 2 Internal Control LJB Company

ACCT 504 Week 5 Course Project Draft Spreadsheet

ACCT 504 Week 6 Case Study 3 Cash Budgeting LBJ Company

ACCT 504 Week 7 Course Project JCP Kohl’s

ACCT 504 Final Exam (3 different sets)

ACCT 504 Week 1-7 Discussion Questions

Financial Reporting Environment and GAAP

Details of Financial Statements and Ratios

Accounting Equation Accounting Cycle

Accrual Accounting and Adjusting Entries

Merchandising Operations and Income Statements

Inventory Cost-Flow Assumptions

Understanding Internal Control and Reporting Cash

Accounting for and Reporting Receivables

Plant Assets and Intangibles

Accounting for Liabilities

Accounting for and Reporting Equity

Statement of Cash Flows

Issues in Income Reporting

Different Tools for Financial Analysis

Definition

Term

AJS 532 Entire Course Material Week 1-6

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework

http://wminute.com/downloads/ajs-532-entire-course-material-week-1-6/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

AJS 532 Complete Course Material

AJS 532 Week 1 DQ 1

AJS 532 Week 1 DQ 2

AJS 532 Week 1 DQ 3

AJS 532 Week 1 k 1 The Social Contract Theory of John Locke

AJS 532 Week 1 The Social Contract Theory of John Locke

AJS 532 Week 2 DQ 1

AJS 532 Week 2 DQ 2

AJS 532 Week 2 DQ 3

AJS 532 Week 2 Theory of Justice Analysis Paper

AJS 532 Week 2 Week 2 Theory of Justice Analysis Paper

AJS 532 Week 3 Code of Ethics and Security Case Study

AJS 532 Week 3 DQ 1

AJS 532 Week 3 DQ 2

AJS 532 Week 3 DQ 3

AJS 532 Week 3 Week 3 Code of Ethics and Security Case Study

AJS 532 Week 4 DQ 1

AJS 532 Week 4 DQ 2

AJS 532 Week 4 DQ 3

AJS 532 Week 4 k 4 Torture and Ethics Paper

AJS 532 Week 4 Torture and Ethics Paper

AJS 532 Week 5 Deception by the Investigating Officer

AJS 532 Week 5 Deception

AJS 532 Week 5 DQ 1

AJS 532 Week 5 DQ 2

AJS 532 Week 5 DQ 3

AJS 532 Week 6 Ethical Issues Research Paper and Presentation

AJS 532 Week 6 Ethical Issues Research Paper and Presentation

AJS 532 Week 6 Ethical Issues Research Paper

AJS 532 Week 6 Ethical Issues Research Presentation

Definition

Term

AJS 582 Week 1-6 Complete Course

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ajs-582-week-1-6-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

AJS 582 Week 1-6 Entire Course

AJS 582 Week 1 DQ1

AJS 582 Week 1 DQ 2

AJS 582 Week 1 Individual Assignment Criminal Justice Policy Process Paper

AJS 582 Week 2 DQ1

AJS 582 Week 2 DQ 2

AJS 582 Week 2 DQ3

AJS 582 Week 2 Individual Assignment Criminal Justice Policy-Making Matrix and Paper

AJS 582 Week 3 DQ1

AJS 582 Week 3 DQ2

AJS 582 Week 3 DQ3

AJS 582 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Public Opinion Poll and Paper

AJS 582 Week 4 DQ1

AJS 582 Week 4 DQ2

AJS 582 Week 4 DQ3

AJS 582 Week 4 Individual Assignment Policing Policies Analysis

AJS 582 Week 5 DQ1

AJS 582 Week 5 DQ2

AJS 582 Week 5 DQ3

AJS 582 Week 5 Individual Assignment Sentencing Policies Analysis

AJS 582 Week 6 DQ1

AJS 582 Week 6 DQ2

AJS 582 Week 6 DQ3

AJS 582 Week 6 Learning Team Assignment Criminal Justice or Security Policy Issues Paper and Presentation

AJS 582 Week 6 Learning Team Assignment Criminal Justice or Security Policy Issues Paper and Presentation

Definition

Term

BSHS 325 Complete Class Material

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bshs-325-complete-class-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BSHS 325 Entire Course Material

BSHS 325 Week 1 Discussion Questions
BSHS 325 Week 1 foundations of human development
BSHS 325 Week 1 foundations of human development Worksheet
BSHS 325 Week 2 Adolescent Self Portrait Presentation
BSHS 325 Week 2 Discussion Questions
BSHS 325 Week 2 What is bullying
BSHS 325 Week 3 case study Tina
BSHS 325 Week 3 Discussion Questions
BSHS 325 Week 3 physical development in middle adulthood
BSHS 325 Week 4 death brochure
BSHS 325 Week 4 Discussion Questions
BSHS 325 Week 4 Older generation
BSHS 325 Week 5 Discussion Questions
BSHS 325 Week 5 Family Systems Presentation
BSHS 325 Week 5 Systems theory

Definition

Term

BSHS 405 Complete Course Material

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bshs-405-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BSHS 405 Entire Course Material

BSHS 405 Week 1 DQ 1

Choose three roles of the case manager. What is the significance of each role?

BSHS 405 Week 1 DQ 2

How does understanding the theoretical cause help identify the problem behavior? Provide an example.

BSHS 405 Week 1 Case Management Overview

BSHS 405 Week 2 Course Description

BSHS 405 Week 2 DQ 1

What might be some consequences of the following actions?
1. Omitting information from an intake and assessment form
2. Providing false information on an intake and assessment form

BSHS 405 Week 2 DQ 2

What are some interventions that can be used during a crisis? How can being prepared with this knowledge help you choose appropriate interventions?

BSHS 405 Week 2 Learning Team Intake Assessment

BSHS 405 Week 2 Assignment Collecting Data

BSHS 405 Week 3 Course Description

BSHS 405 Week 3 DQ 1

What are the most influential factors that promote change in a client? Do the components of change and goals interconnect? Provide examples.

BSHS 405 Week 3 DQ 2

What considerations must be made when developing a treatment plan with a client? Do these considerations affect how you will propose the plan? Why?

BSHS 405 Week 3 Learning Team Treatment Plan

BSHS 405 Week 3 Discussing a Treatment Plan

BSHS 405 Week 4 Course Description

BSHS 405 Week 4 DQ 1

What indicators would you look for to ensure you are making effective referrals?

BSHS 405 Week 4 DQ 2

How are case management models used? Is there a model you would use as a case manager? Does it depend on the situation? Why?

BSHS 405 Week 4 Case Management

BSHS 405 Week 4 Learning Team Making the Referral and Assembling the Documentation

BSHS 405 Week 5 Course Description

BSHS 405 Week 5 DQ 1

What strategies can be used to involve a client in the treatment process? Why is client involvement so important?

BSHS 405 Week 5 DQ 2

How would you determine when a case is ready to be closed? What must a client have achieved before a case can be closed? What consequences could closing a case too early have?

BSHS 405 Week 5 Learning Team Discharge Summary

Top of Form

$40.00 – Purchase

Bottom of Form

Definition

Term

Definition

Term

BSHS 441 Complete Course Material

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bshs-441-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BSHS 441 Entire Course Material

BSHS 441 Week 1 DQ 1

BSHS 441 Week 1 DQ 2

BSHS 441 Week 1 Individual Assignment Paper on a Specific Population and the Advocate Role

BSHS 441 Week 2 Individual Assignment Literature Review of Mediation and Advocacy

BSHS 441 Week 2 Team Assignment Interview of a Social Service Agency Using Advocates

BSHS 441 Week 2 DQ 1

BSHS 441 Week 2 DQ 2

BSHS 441 Week 3 Individual Assignment Paper on the Challenges of Being an Advocate and Neutral Facilitator (Mediator)

BSHS 441 Week 3 Team Assignment Interview of a Social Service Agency on Their Use of Mediation

BSHS 441 Week 3 DQ 1

BSHS 441 Week 3 DQ 2

BSHS 441 Week 4 Individual Assignment Paper Based on Literature Review

BSHS 441 week 4 Team Assignment Interview With a Social Services Lobbyist

BSHS 441 Week 4 DQ 1

BSHS 441 Week 4 DQ 2

BSHS 441 Week 5 Individual Quiz

BSHS 441 Week 5 Team Assignment Presentation on the Use of Mediation within an Agency Setting

BSHS 441 Week 5 DQ 1

BSHS 441 Week 5 DQ 2

Definition

Term

Definition

Term

Definition

Term

BUS 430 Entire Course Material

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bus-430-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BUS 430 Entire Course Material

BUS 430 Week 1 DQ 1

What are some differences when doing business internationally opposed to domestically? How do international business risks differ from domestic business risk? What factors influence these risks?

BUS 430 Week 1 DQ2

Why do corporations need to be concerned with human rights issues when conducting business internationally? Who are corporations accountable to – the government of their home country, the host country, investors, or the public? What is the rationale for your answer?

BUS 430 Week 1 Individual Assignment Comparative Law Worksheet

BUS 430 Week 2 Course Description

BUS 430 Week 2 DQ1

What is the Conventions on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG)? What is the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC)? In what ways is the coverage of the CISG and the UCC similar or different? Explain your answer.

BUS 430 Week 2 DQ2

You work for an international furniture company. Your company has customers in England, Mexico, Guatemala, and China. How would you evaluate the credit worthiness of firms in these countries? How does the credit risk differ between these countries? Would you sell to a company in these countries without a letter of credit? Explain why or why not.

BUS 430 Week 2 Individual Assignment International Law Memo

BUS 430 Week 3 Course Description

BUS 430 Week 3 DQ1

What are the basic principles of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT)? What are the basic principles behind the World Trade Organization (WTO)? In what ways are GATT and the WTO similar or different? How do the WTO and GATT settle disputes? Provide examples.

BUS 430 Week 3 DQ2

Ressorp, Inc. in Japan agreed to sell 700 television sets to Reardon, a wholesaler, in the United States for US$ 144,417.00. Ressorp, Inc. and Reardon expressly agreed that Reardon would not pay for the television sets until Reardon both received and sold the merchandise in the United States. They also agreed that the merchandise would be shipped CPT Portstown in the United States and that Incoterms 2010 would govern. Ressorp, Inc. arranged to ship the goods with Oceanic Carriers, whose place of business is located in Beachtown, Japan. Ressorp, Inc. loaded the goods from its warehouse into a trailer and delivered the trailer to Oceanic’s freight depot in Beachtown. Several days later, the trailer was discovered to be missing and then it was found abandoned and empty. Reardon, the buyer, then sued Oceanic Carriers. The carrier challenged Reardon’s standing (right) to sue claiming that the original contract said Reardon had no liability to pay for the merchandise until after it was received and sold by Reardon. Therefore, Oceanic Carriers argued, it was the seller, Ressorp, Inc. who should have brought the suit, not Reardon. Is Oceanic correct? Explain why or why not.

BUS 430 Week 3 DQ3

The Jolly Canning Co. in Hawaii agreed to sell 10,000 cases of canned green beans to the Merry Produce Co. in New York. The terms were FOB Bigport in Hawaii. The parties agreed that the governing rules were Incoterms 2010. Jolly, by mistake, delivered 10,000 cases of canned corn to the carrier in Bigport. Moreover, the bill of lading clearly stated that goods were canned corn. While the goods were in transit, they were damaged by seawater because of the carrier’s negligence. Jolly sues the carrier, but the carrier challenges Jolly’s standing (right) to sue. The carrier claims that the risk of loss had passed to Merry Produce (the consignee on the bill of lading) as soon as the goods had passed the ship’s rail. Is the carrier correct? Should Jolly’s suit be dismissed? Explain why or why not.

BUS 430 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Case Study Presentation

BUS 430 Week 4 Course Description

BUS 430 Week 4 DQ1

Describe the benefits and detriments of the EU and U. S. rules regarding jurisdiction and forum in privately enforced competition laws. What are the advantages and disadvantages, from the perspective of competition law, in having a wholly foreign subsidiary in Europe?

BUS 430 Week 4 DQ2

Are the actions undertaken by the companies or individuals in the following scenarios legal or illegal pursuant to U. S. law? Please explain each of your answers.
1. A wire transfer of $200,000 to the Minister of Contracting of Gambia made by Bordeaux Builders, Inc., a French corporation, and originating from its corporate headquarters in New York in order to secure a construction contract,

2.     A birthday card and bottle of Californian wine sent annually by Woody Pulp, the chief executive officer of Pacific Paper Products, Inc., a U. S. corporation, to his long-standing friend who is the Director of Government Procurement for the Japanese government.

3.     A cash payment of $100 made by an agent of Chicago Chemicals Co., a U. S. corporation, to a processing clerk in the Chilean Office of Business Licensing in order to expedite consideration of CCC’s application for authority to conduct business operations in Chile,

4.     A cash payment of $250,000 made by Durdy Coal, Inc., a U. S. corporation, to DCI’s agent with the instruction, “put this to good use on DCI’s behalf,” which in turn is paid to the State Importation Officer of the People’s Republic of China in order to secure a Chinese import license

BUS 430 Week 4 Individual Assignment GATT and WTO Paper

BUS 430 Week 5 Course Description

BUS 430 Week 5 Individual Assignment Natural Gas Case Study

BUS 430 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Riordan Manufacturing Analysis

Definition

Term

BUS 642 Entire Course (Business Research Methods and Tools)

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bus-642-entire-course-business-research-methods-tools/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BUS 642 Complete Course Material Business Research Methods and Tools

BUS 642 Week 1 DQ 1 Scientific Thinking

Develop a hypothesis for a problem at a local business (for example: high employee turnover). Determine if your hypothesis has adequacy for its purpose, is testable and better than its rivals. Then, use the Checklist for Developing a Strong Hypothesis on page 64 as it relates to your hypothesis. Discuss your results. Respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings.

BUS 642 Week 1 DQ 2 Making Research Decisions

Based on the analysis of the last six months’ sales, your boss notices that sales of beef products are declining in your chain’s restaurants. As beef entrée sales decline, so do profits. Fearing beef sales have declined due to several newspaper stories reporting E.coli contamination discovered at area grocery stores, he suggests a survey of area restaurants to see if the situation is pervasive (page 94, number 5).a. What do you think of this research suggestion?b. How, if at all, could you improve on your boss’s formulation of the research question?

BUS 642 Week 1 Exercises

Complete the following exercises:a. Complete Discussion Questions 1, 2, and 5 on page 22.b. CompleteMaking Research Decisions Question 6, page 76.

BUS 642 Week 2 DQ 1 Ethics in Business Research

Read the interview with Elizabeth Buchanan on virtual research ethics [Readings in virtual research: Issues and controversies. (2004, January-June). Information Technology Newsletter, 15(1), 22-25.]. You can find this article through the Ashford Online Library. Write a summary of this interview and add your thoughts on how this affects the business research process. Respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings.

BUS 642 Week 2 DQ 2 Design of Research

Read Snapshot: Tracking Search Patterns on page 37. Find more details of this study since the text’sSnapshot was printed and discuss the study including any updates. Respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings.

BUS 642 Week 2 Exercises

Complete the following exercises:In your text book § Complete Making Research Decisions 1, page 50

§ In text answer Terms in Review, 1-5, page 155

§ Complete Making Research Decisions, 7, page 388

BUS 642 Week 3 DQ 1 Measurement Scales

Contemplate Snapshot: Measuring Respect on page 301 of your text. Discuss the information presented and the critical measures taken in order to validate the relevance of respect in business practice. Respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings.

BUS 642 Week 3 DQ 2 Clarifying the Research Questions

Read Close-Up, pages 118-121. Discuss your answers to the Research questions on page 120. Respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings.

BUS 642 Week 3 Exercises

Complete the following exercises:In your text book § Complete Making Research Decisions, 5, page 315.

§ Complete Terms in Review, 1- 3, page 123.

On companion website

§ Read the case study, State Farm: Dangerous Intersections. Answer questions 1 through 5. (This case can be downloaded from the textbook website, http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0073373702/student_view0/cases.html)

BUS 642 Week 4 DQ 1 Survey Methods

Discuss the following questions then respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings.a. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of face-to-face interviewing. What is necessary for the success of this method?b. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of telephone interviewing. What is necessary for the success of this method?

c. How do these survey methods compare?

BUS 642 Week 4 DQ 2 Observational Studies

Read and discuss Bringing Research to Life on page 187 of your text. Develop investigative questions that could have been used to guide Jason and Sara’s mechanical observation study. Respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings.

BUS 642 Week 4 Exercises

Complete the following exercises:In text book § Complete Terms in Review, 1-4, on page 204.

On companion website

§ Read Case Study: Ramada Demonstrates its Personal Best. Answer questions 1-3 (This case can be downloaded from the textbook web site, http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0073373702/student_view0/cases.html

BUS 642 Week 5 DQ 1 Data Preparation and Description

Poll a small sample of class members, work associates, or friends and ask them to answer the following in a paragraph or two: “What are your career aspirations for the next five years?” Use one of the four basic units of content analysis to analyze their responses. Describe your findings as frequencies for the unit of analysis selected. Respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings.

BUS 642 Week 5 Exercises

Complete the following exercises:In text book § Complete Making Research Decisions 2, page 450

§ Complete From Concept to Practice 7, page 450

On companion website

§ Read Case Study: Inquiring Minds Want to Know- NOW. Answer questions 1-9 (This case can be downloaded from the text book web site, http://highered.mcgraw-

hill.com/sites/0073373702/student_view0/cases.html)

BUS 642 Week 6 DQ 1 Measures of Association

Answer Making Research Decisions 5 on page 524 of your text. Respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings

BUS 642 Week 6 DQ 2 Presenting Results

Conduct a search of websites that provide Internet presentations. Select one and critique its content, visuals, and the presenter’s skills. Make sure to include the URL in your Discussion Forum. Respond to at least two of your fellow students’ postings.

BUS 642 Week 6 Final Project

The final project should be eight pages in length and include a reference of all resources used. At least three sources should be from scholarly journals, e.g. Journal of Management, Journal of Marketing, or Harvard Business Review. This paper will be a research project that tests a hypothesis chosen by the student that can relate to the place of current employment or previous employment but may not include or involve human subjects directly.

Sample general topics could include:

§ Manufacturing Quality/Cost Improvement

§ Service Quality Improvement

§ Systems Design

§ Accounts Receivable/Billing/AR Aging

§ Marketing/Advertising Issues

§ Sales of Goods

§ Investments

§ Product Safety

§ Workplace Safety

§ Labor Pools

§ HR matters of broad concern

§ Population Studies

§ Others approved by course instructor

The hypothesis should be a possible cause and effect relationship regarding a process, underlying assumption, or plan that is important to the business. It should not be too broad. The hypothesis must be approved by the instructor by the end of the third week of class. The research process of planning, data sampling, collection and data evaluation should be described. The type of study should be defined and justified. Collect a small representative data sample. Fifteen is the recommended sample size. The data can be collected from observations, surveys, or historical records. The data results should be summarized and displayed and a brief analysis should be included. Use appropriate descriptive or inferential statistics.

Definition

Term

BUS 650 Complete Course Material

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bus-650-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BUS 650 Entire Course Material

BUS 650 Final Exam solution
BUS 650 Week 1 Assignment
BUS 650 Week 1 Discussion Questions
BUS 650 Week 2 Assignment
BUS 650 Week 2 Discussion Questions
BUS 650 Week 3 Assignment
BUS 650 Week 3 Discussion Questions
BUS 650 Week 4 Assignment
BUS 650 Week 4 Discussion Questions
BUS 650 Week 5 Assignment
BUS 650 Week 5 Discussion Questions
BUS 650 Week 6 Discussion Questions

Definition

Term

BUS 680 Entire Course Material

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bus-680-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BUS 680 Entire Course

BUS 680 Week 1 Discussion Question DQ 1 Training Preferences

BUS 680 Week 1 Discussion Question DQ 2 Learning Theories

BUS 680 Week 2 Discussion Question DQ 1 Design Consulting

BUS 680 Week 2 Discussion Question DQ 2 Domtar Case Study

BUS 680 Week 2 Hardware Store Case Analysis

BUS 680 Week 3 CSS Case Analysis

BUS 680 Week 3 Discussion Question DQ 1 Games & Simulations

BUS 680 Week 3 Discussion Question DQ 2 Classroom based Learning Experience

BUS 680 Week 4 Discussion Question DQ 1 Tips for Trainers

BUS 680 Week 4 Discussion Question DQ 2 Review Questions

BUS 680 Week 4 Jims Case Analysis

BUS 680 Week 5 Discussion Question DQ 1 Resistance to Training

BUS 680 Week 5 Discussion Question DQ 2 KSAs

BUS 680 Week 5 IMP Case Analysis

BUS 680 Week 6 Discussion Question DQ 1 Evaluating Learning

BUS 680 Week 6 Discussion Question DQ 2 Final Paper Summary

Definition

Term

ECO 204 Entire Course (Principles of Microeconomics)

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-204-principles-microeconomics/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ECO 204 Principles of Microeconomics

ECO 204 Week 1 DQ 1 Circular Flow Diagram

ECO 204 Week 1 DQ 2 Supply and Demand

ECO 204 Week 1 Quiz

ECO 204 Week 2 DQ 1 Elasticity

ECO 204 Week 2 DQ 2 Externalities

ECO 204 Week 2 Raise or Lower Tuition

ECO 204 Week 3 DQ 1 Short and Long Run

ECO 204 Week 3 DQ 2 Fixed and Variable Costs

ECO 204 Week 3 Quiz

ECO 204 Week 4 DQ 1 Market Structures

ECO 204 Week 4 DQ 2 Barriers to Entry

ECO 204 Week 4 Quiz

ECO 204 Week 5 DQ 1 Transfers

ECO 204 Week 5 DQ 2 Tariffs and Quotas

ECO 204 Week 5 Final Paper

Definition

Term

ENG 125 Introduction to Literature

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eng-125-introduction-literature/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ENG 125 Complete Class Assignments

Eng 125 week 1 Assignment “DOG’S DEATH”

ENG 125 Week 2 Assignment “Hills Like White Elephants”

ENG 125 Week 3 Assignment “A Journey we must Travel”

ENG 125 Week 4 Assignment “The Message of Dover Beach”

ENG 125 Week 5 Assignment Racialism And Ethnicities in“Country Lovers” and “What it’s like to be a Black Girl (for Those of You Who Aren’t)”

Top of Form

Definition

Term

LDR 300 Entire Course Material

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ldr-300-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

LDR 300 Complete Course Material

LDR 300 Week 1 Complete DQs

LDR 300 Week 1 Leadership and Management Paper

LDR 300 Week 2 Course Description

LDR 300 DQ1

When might a leader’s values and priorities conflict with those of his or her organization? What tools are available to help leaders balance competing values and priorities? What support must an organization provide to help leaders in the struggle of competing values and priorities? Provide specific examples.

LDR 300 DQ2

Review the section on generational differences in Ch. 4 of The Art and Science of Leadership. What are some generational differences in your workplace? What effect do they have on a leader’s ability to balance values and priorities? Provide examples.

LDR 300 DQ3

How does an individual’s personality affect his or her leadership traits? What traits serve a leader well? What traits do not? Explain your answer.

LDR 300 Week 3 Course Description

LDR 300 DQ1

How would you define power? How would you define influence? What are some distinctions between power and influence in an organizational setting? How may power and influence positively affect an organization? How may power and influence negatively affect an organization? Provide specific examples to support your answer.

LDR 300 DQ2

Identify a public or political leader. What kind of power does this leader possess? What influence tactics does this leader normally use based on his or her power? Provide a specific example of an influence tactic this person has not used. What would happen if the leader used this tactic? How would his or her power be affected?

LDR 300 DQ3

What are different types of strategic leadership? How do they affect an organization’s structure? What are the roles of strategic leaders in an organization’s management? What internal and external factors affect strategic leadership ability?

LDR 300 Week 3 Leadership and Power Paper

LDR 300 Week 3 Leadership Profile Team Paper

LDR 300 Week 4 Course Description

LDR 300 DQ1

What are the most important skills a leader may possess? How may these skills be used in an organizational setting? What methods may you use to improve your skill set to become a more effective leader?

LDR 300 DQ2

How would you define effective relationships in a professional setting? How do effective relationships contribute to an organization’s success? What methods may an organization use to promote effective relationships between and in departments?

LDR 300 DQ3

How do effective leaders build relationships with superiors and peers? What specific approaches must a leader employ when interacting with superiors and peers?

LDR 300 Week 4 Strategies for Building Effective Relationships

LDR 300 Week 4 Understanding Strategic Forces

LDR 300 Week 5 Course Description

LDR 300 Week 5 Merger Dilemma Paper ( Word Doc )

LDR 300 Week 5 What it Takes to be a Leader ( Powerpoint Presentation )

Definition

Term

MGT 557 Entire Course Negotiation power and politics

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/mgt-557-entire-course-negotiation-power-politics/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

MGT 557 Complete Course Material

MGT 557 Week 1 DQ 1

Define zero-sum situation. What are some strategies for a successful or neutral outcome in a zero-sum negotiation?

MGT 557 Week 1 DQ 2

How can a negotiation that begins with a negative bargaining range be resolved? Should a negotiator reveal his or her resistance point? Explain.

MGT 557 Week 2

MGT 557 Week 2 DQ 1

Describe the best alternative to a negotiated agreement (BATNA) concept. Explain the pitfalls of overestimating the value of BATNA. Why is a negotiator’s BATNA the most valuable tool of power negotiation?

MGT 557 Week 2 DQ 2

Define ethics. Why do ethics matter in negotiation? How does your personal ethical code influence your negotiations? Provide a specific example

MGT 557 Week 2 Individual Assignment Negotiation Outcome Matrix

MGT 557 Week 2 Learning Team Weekly Reflection

MGT 557 Week 3

MGT 557 Week 3 DQ 1

What are the strengths and weaknesses of using an agent in negotiations? How can you determine the best time to use an agent and when to negotiate for yourself?

MGT 557 Week 3 DQ 2

When interacting with decision makers, what happens as you try to convert or pressure them during two-party and multiparty negotiations? What special challenges occur in two-party and multiparty negotiations?

MGT 557 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Salary Negotiation Role-Play

MGT 557 Week 3 Learning Team Weekly Reflection

MGT 557 Week 4

MGT 557 Week 4 DQ 1

What concepts in Chinese culture should those attempting to negotiate in China recognize? In your opinion, how does guanxi affect negotiation in China? What are some strategies to employ when negotiating with a Chinese company?

MGT 557 Week 4 DQ 2

Define perception and perceptual distortion by generalization. Explain how perception distortion can cause biases in negotiation. How can you use this information in negotiations? Cite specific examples

MGT 557 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Rock-n-Roll Negotiator – Part 1

MGT 557 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Rock-n-Roll Negotiator – Part 2

MGT 557 Week 4 Learning Team Weekly Reflection

MGT 557 Week 5

MGT 557 Week 5 DQ 1

What are some common mistakes that may lead to an impasse in negotiation? Describe a time you experienced an impasse in negotiating. What are strategies that could have been applied in that situation?

MGT 557 Week 5 DQ 2

Why is intransigence a powerful card for a negotiator? What are the dangers of intransigence? How will you manage a negotiation impasse when the other party presents you with an ultimatum.

MGT 557 Week 5 Individual Assignment Cell Phone Negotiations

MGT 557 Week 5 Learning Team Weekly Reflection

MGT 557 Week 6

MGT 557 Week 6 Individual Assignment Negotiation Plan

For this assignment, you will choose from the following options:

Option 1: Capital Mortgage Insurance Corporation Case Study

Option 2: National Football League Negotiation

Read the instructions in the University of Phoenix Material: Negotiation Plan located on the student website and select one option to complete the assignment.

MGT 557 Week 6 Learning Team Weekly Reflection

Discuss this week’s objectives with your team. Your discussion should include the topics you feel comfortable with, any topics you struggled with, and how the weekly topics relate to application in your field.

Prepare a 350- to 1,050-word paper detailing the findings of your discussion.

Definition

Term

MGT 557 Final Exam Solution 100% Score

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/mgt-557-final-exam-solution-100-score/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

MGT 557 Final Exam Solution

1) To most people the words bargaining and negotiation are

A.

mutually exclusive

B.

interchangeable

C.

not related

D.

interdependent

2) Whereas distributive bargaining is often characterized by mistrust and suspicion, integrative negotiation is characterized by which of the following?

A.

Obligation and perseverance

B.

Avoidance and compromise

C.

Influence and persuasiveness

D.

Trust and openness

E.

Cognition and emotion

3) Distributive bargaining strategies

A.

are the most efficient negotiating strategies to use

B.

are used in all interdependent relationships

C.

are useful in maintaining long-term relationships

D.

can cause negotiators to ignore what the parties have in common

4) Good distributive bargainers will

A.

begin negotiations with the other party with an opening offer close to their own resistance point

B.

ensure that there is enough room in the bargaining range to make some concessions

C.

accept an offer that is presented as a fait accompli

D.

immediately identify the other party’s target poin

5) Which of the following processes is central to achieving almost all integrative agreements?

A.

Moderating the free flow of information to ensure that each party’s position is accurately stated

B.

Exchanging information about each party’s position on key issues

C.

Emphasizing the commonalties between the parties

D.

Searching for solutions that maximize the substantive outcome for both parties

6) Which of the following 5-step processes has been used successfully in a collective bargaining situation?

A.

Commitment, explanation, validation, prioritization, negotiation

B.

Commitment, exploration, verification, prioritization, negotiation

C.

Collaboration, explanation, validation, prioritization, negotiation

D.

Collaboration, exploration, verification, prioritization, negotiation

7) Which of the following is one of the five linguistic dimensions of making threats?

A.

The use of inclusive language

B.

The conveyance of verbal immediacy

C.

The degree of lexical homogeneity

D.

The extent of low-power language style

8) Gibbons, Bradac, and Busch suggest that threats can be made more credible and more compelling by using

A.

positively polarized descriptions of the other party

B.

low immediacy

C.

high intensity

D.

low verbal diversity

9) The concept of duty ethics states that

A.

the rightness of an action is determined by evaluating the pros and cons of its consequences

B.

the rightness of an action is determined by existing laws and contemporary social standards that define what is right and wrong and where the line is

C.

the rightness of an action is based on the customs and norms of a particular society or community

D.

the rightness of an action is based on one’s conscience and moral standards

10) Ethical criteria for judging appropriate conduct define

A.

what is wise based on trying to understand the efficacy of the tactic and the consequences it might have on the relationship with the other

B.

what a negotiator can actually make happen in a given situation

C.

what is appropriate as determined by some standard of moral conduct

D.

what the law defines as acceptable practice

11) Audiences hold negotiators accountable in all but one of the following ways:

A.

When the negotiator’s performance is visible

B.

When the audience is dependent upon the negotiator for their outcomes

C.

When the negotiating agents were members of a group that developed the negotiating position

D.

When the audience is able to judge how well a negotiator performs

E.

When the audience insists that the negotiator be tough, firm, and demanding

12) Which of the following would you not likely find the use of an agent in negotiations?

A.

When your natural conflict style is to compromise, accommodate, or avoid

B.

When the agent has special friends, relationships or connections that he or she can use to contact the right people to get a deal done

C.

When the representative has better negotiation skills than you

D.

When you need to repair a damaged relationship

E.

When you are emotionally involved in an issue or problem

13) Which of the following is a property of a coalition?

A.

A coalition is a noninteracting group of individuals.

B.

A coalition is dependent on the formal structure of the organization.

C.

A coalition consists of mutually perceived membership.

D.

Definition

Term

MHA 614 Policy Formation & Leadership in Health Organizations

Click The Link Below To Purchase A Graded Homework.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/mha-614-policy-formation-leadership-health-organizations/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately.

hwminute@gmail.com

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

MHA 614 Entire Course Material

DESCRIPTION

MHA 614 Week 1 Dq 1- Health Policy

Explain health policy. What is it and how does it work?

MHA 614 Week 1 Dq 2 - Comprehensive National Health Insurance

According to Steinmo and Watts (in Harrington & Estes), Comprehensive National Health Insurance always fails in America; Discuss the authors’ viewpoint. Do you agree with the authors? Why or why not?

MHA 614 Week 1 Assignment Healthcare Research

MHA 614 Week 2 Dq 1 Mental Health

What have been the effects (discuss at least three) of state parity laws and the use of mental health care? Describe and explain the role of two organizations that are advocates for the mentally ill?

MHA 614 Week 2 DQ 2 Long Term Care

Review articles on the subject of long term care. What is long term care? According to your readings, do most Americans have long term care insurance? Do Americans feel that they need long term care? Why or why not? What is your personal position on long term care?

MHA 614 Week 2 Health Disparities Based on Socioeconomic Status

MHA 614 Week 3 DQ 1 Mergers and Acquisitions

Analyze and discuss mergers and acquisitions in the health care delivery system since President Clinton’s National Health Care Reform Policy (text, p.153; Kitchener, p.160). Which stakeholders in the health care system tend to lose due to mergers? Why?

MHA 614 Week 3 DQ 2 Labor Issues

Discuss projections and trends in the supply of registered nurses. What do the projections and trends tell us about the nursing shortage?

MHA 614 Week 3 Medical Practices and Conflicts of Interest

MHA 614 Week 4 Managed Care

MHA 614 Week 5 DQ 1 World Health Situation

Discuss and analyze the world health situation. What is the greatest problem facing the world population? What strategies (at least three) would you utilize to alleviate this problem?

MHA 614 Week 5 DQ 2 MDG

Explain Health, Poverty, and Millennium Development Goals (MDG). Briefly discuss each concept on this list from the World Health Organization (WHO).

MHA 614 Week 6 DQ 1 Research Findings

Discuss your research findings and how you will apply them to your work environment.

MHA 614 Week 6 Final Paper Research Findings

Definition

Term

PHI 103 Entire Course (Informal Logic)

Clicik the Link Below to Purchase

http://hwminute.com/downloads/phi-103-entire-course-informal-logic-ashford/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

Ashford PHI 103 Entire Course (Informal Logic)

PHI 103 Week 1 DQ 1 Arguments and Their Components

PHI 103 Week 1 DQ 2 The Scope and Limits of Logic

Logic can do a great deal in helping us understand our arguments. Explain what advantages we obtain by studying logic in terms of improving our reasoning. Consider a debate over whether prayer should be allowed in public schools. Explain what logic can and cannot do. In other words, what kinds of questions and topics are not decided by logical analysis?

PHI 103 Week 1 Quiz

Which of these could be seen as a premise in an argument?

A valid deductive argument, the premises of which are accepted as true, shows

“You didn’t like that book; so you probably don’t like to read” is

In the statement, “You didn’t like that restaurant; so you probably don’t like to eat out,” “you probably don’t like to out” is the

If a reason that is not relevant to the conclusion is given,

Which of the following is most likely to be a conclusion?

Premises and conclusions have which of the following in common?

A five year old boy who refuses to listen to reasons for going to bed could be called

Reasons given to support a conclusion are called

An argument can have

PHI 103 Week 2 Assignment Pro-Choice

Final Paper Outline. Review the Final Paper instructions in Week 5 of the online course or in the “Components of Course Evaluation” section of this guide. Then, visit the Ashford Writing Center (located in the Learning Resources tab in the left navigation bar). The outline must contain:

a. Introduction with thesis statement

b. At least five body paragraphs, using the provided model

c. Conclusion

d. Reference page containing at least three academic resources, two of which are found in the Ashford Online Library. Each side of the debate should be provided at least one valid source for.

The Final Paper Outline must be three pages in length (excluding title and reference page) and in APA (6th edition) format. If you would like to refer to APA samples and tutorials, log into the Ashford Writing Center (located in the Learning Resources tab in the left navigation bar). Click on the “APA & Research Guides” tab and review the resources.

PHI 103 Week 2 DQ 1 Deductive Argument

Construct a deductive argument that is valid but not sound. Then, construct a valid deductive argument that is sound. Be sure to put the argument in premise-conclusion form.

PHI 103 Week 2 DQ 2 Inductive Language

Construct an inductive argument for a specific conclusion. Then, explain what you might do to make this inductive argument stronger, either by revising the premises or by revising the conclusion.

PHI 103 Week 2 Quiz

“10 is less than 100; 100 is less than 1,000; consequently, 10 is less than 1,000″ is an example of a

One way to make an inductive argument stronger is to

All sound arguments are valid, but not all valid arguments are sound. This means

Inductive arguments should never be characterized as

Inductive arguments are evaluated in terms of

A valid argument is one that, if its premises are accepted as true, has

A “good” deductive argument must at least be

Assume you are given a sound argument. What do you know about it?

One way to make an inductive argument stronger is to

In logic, arguments are never described as

PHI 103 Week 3 Assignment Stereotype Paper

Read Stereotyping Has Lasting Negative Impact: Prejudice has lingering effects, study shows and watch How Pre-existing Beliefs Distort Logical Reasoning.

Discuss three stereotypes you encounter in your own life and the effect those stereotypes can have on others. This can be a stereotype you realize you have been guilty of holding or someone else’s. Explain (a) what the stereotype is and (b) what sort of argument, no matter how flawed, might be used to support it, and (c) identify any mistakes you find in that argument.

The paper must be three pages in length (excluding title and reference page) and in APA (6th edition) format. You must use at least three resources, one of which must be the course text, and two resources must either be found in the Ashford Online Library or from the provided sources. If you would like to refer to APA samples and tutorials, log into the Ashford Writing Center (located in the Learning Resources tab in the left navigation bar). Click on the “APA & Research Guides” tab and review the resources.

PHI 103 Week 3 DQ 1 Fallacious Arguments

Considering the fallacies discussed in Chapter Four of An Introduction to Logic, construct three different arguments that display distinct fallacies. Give an explanation of why each makes a mistake in drawing the conclusion it does. Review your classmates’ examples and see if they, in fact, commit the fallacy identified.

PHI 103 Week 3 DQ 2 The Media and Fallacies

One rich source of fallacies is the media: television, radio, magazines, and the Internet (including, of course, commercials.) Identify two distinct fallacies you see committed in the media. Do you think it is more likely that you will not be fooled by these fallacies having studied logic? What do you think those presenting these arguments assume about the logical skills of their viewers? Is this a good or bad assumption for them to make?

PHI 103 Week 3 Quiz

“China uses too much oil. So they shouldn’t develop their industry” may commit which fallacy?

“Julie started carrying a rabbit’s foot, then she won the lottery. The rabbit’s foot must have caused her to win the lottery” commits a(n)

A person who is shown his or her argument commits a fallacy should

A fallacy is an argument that

“If that wasn’t illegal, then it wouldn’t be against the law” may commit which fallacy?

“My husband snores. All men must snore” commits which of these fallacies.

After being told that she is being punished for lying, a child responds by telling her mother that she also lied. This response may involve which fallacy?

“You should read this book. Everybody likes it so it must be good” may commit which fallacy?

“I bought a pair of shoes from that store that immediately fell apart. Their shoes are no good” may commit which fallacy?

“The Senator wants to cut spending on police. I guess she doesn’t care if we all get murdered” may commit which fallacy?

PHI 103 Week 4 DQ 1 Logic and Science

Provide a scientific hypothesis and explain how one might go about testing it, either by confirming the hypothesis or using Karl Popper’s strategy of disconfirmation. Discuss which of these two strategies is better and why.

PHI 103 Week 4 DQ 2 Logic and Ethics

Mary is poor. She has not been able to find a job and has two children she needs to feed. Assume Mary is forced to let her children go hungry or steal some food from a local grocery store. Which should she do? Construct an argument that supports Mary’s decision to steal the food or an argument that shows why Mary should not steal the food. Do not assume that Mary lives in a country that has social aid and help from other religious and secular organizations. She must either steal and feed her children or not steal and let them go hungry. Provide your reasons that justify either one of these positions. Critique the arguments offered by your classmates.

PHI 103 Week 4 Critical Thinking Quiz

Mrs. Orlof teaches two history classes, one in the morning and one in the afternoon. Yesterday she gave the same test to both classes. Anyone who failed the test must take a retest. Since a greater percentage of students who took the morning test failed the test than students who took the afternoon test, more of Orlof’s morning history students than afternoon history students will have to take the retest.
The conclusion above is not necessarily valid because

All sages provide both wisdom and inspiration. Since Dasha’s speech contained wisdom and greatly inspired her audience, Dasha is a sage.
Which one of the following points out the flaw in the argument above?

Since Jessica’s participation in local politics increased significantly after she joined her school’s political science club, it is clear that her involvement in that club led her to take an interest in politics.
The argument above is flawed because

Catherine goes to her local movie theater only to see romantic comedies. Since Catherine did not go to the movies yesterday, there is not a romantic comedy playing at her local theater.
The reasoning above is flawed because the evidence

The average height of members of the high school basketball team is six feet, three inches. Jerry is on the high school basketball team, so Jerry must be taller than six feet.
The argument above is flawed because it confuses

People have claimed that Jamie’s paintings have given them the blues. Clearly this cannot be entirely correct, since many of Jamie’s paintings contain no blue at all.
The argument above is flawed because the author

Career counselor: It is best for artists to build a practical and safe career that will guarantee them a secure income, and then pursue their art in their spare time. That way, they will be motivated to work hard at their day jobs to support their art making, and both their career and their art will thrive.
Which one of the following, if true, would most weaken the argument?

The untimely death of Professor Hathaway halted his groundbreaking research into the uses of solar power. It therefore appears that Hathaway’s research will not result in practical applications.
Which one of the following, if true, most seriously weakens the argument?

The two double A batteries in my CD player are dead, so the CD player doesn’t work. My television remote control, which also uses two double A batteries, works fine. So if I move the two batteries from my television remote control to my CD player, the CD player will definitely work.
Aron’s argument is most strengthened if which one of the following is true?

Last season at City Opera House, far more people attended opera X than opera Y. However, opera Y generated far greater net profits for City Opera House than did opera X.
Each of the following could directly explain the result indicated above EXCEPT:

As part of its reorganization, company X created five new positions within the company. However, after the reorganization was complete, company X had fewer employees than before the reorganization.
Choose the pair of words/phrases among the choices that exhibits the same logical relationship as the words/phrases in the following pair. building: blueprint
Choose the pair of words/phrases among the choices that exhibits the same logical relationship as the words/phrases in the following pair.conductor : orchestra

In a survey of 10 film historians, half voted forNosferatu as the greatest vampire film ever made, and the other half voted for Dracula. However, when asked which lead vampire character they considered more charismatic, all of the film critics chose Dracula over Nosferatu.
Some drugs combat obesity or alcohol addiction by turning off pleasure centers in the brain. However, if the dosage is too high, there’s a risk that people taking them will be plunged into depression.
Looking to increase the profits of his lemonade stand, Johann doubled the price of a cup of lemonade from 25 cents to 50 cents. This clearly shows Johann’s lack of business sense, for now he’ll almost certainly sell fewer cups at the new price and therefore make less money than before.

PHI 103 Week 5 Final Argument Paper – Legalized Abortion

For the Final Paper, you will identify a specific claim relative to one of the topics listed before and defend it with as strong an argument as possible. These topics are presented below as questions. The best way to develop a thesis statement is to offer an answer to the question, and then state in a clear and specific sentence the basis for your answer.

1. Should homosexuals be able to marry?

2. Is racism and anti-Semitism still a problem in the United States?

3. Is factory farming cruel to animals?

4. Is anthropogenic climate change (what used to be known as “global warming”) a problem that needs immediate and/or long term attention?

5. Should physician-assisted suicide be legal?

6. What, if any, limits should there be to embryonic stem cell research?

7. Should public workers be allowed to join unions and engage in collective bargaining?

8. Is the death penalty just and applied fairly?

9. Are there any legitimate restrictions on gun ownership?

10. Is it a problem if one percent of Americans possess 50% of American wealth and assets?

11. Should abortion be legal?

12. Should evolution be taught in the public schools?

13. Are science and religion in conflict?

14. Can one be moral and not believe in God?

Part One – Thesis

In this part of the paper, the thesis is to be stated clearly and specifically. It should appear no later than the end of the introduction paragraph.

Part Two – Argument This part of the paper will present the argument for the thesis. The focus should be on identifying the strongest support for the thesis. Then, present that support by constructing an argument. This argument, or set of arguments, will probably employ both deductive and inductive reasoning.

Part Three – Counter-thesis and counter-argument

In this part of the paper, the strongest objection to the thesis is presented along with an argument (probably briefer than the argument in Part Two) for that thesis.

Part Four – Response to counter-thesis

In this part of the paper, you respond to and refute the counter-argument based on evidence discussed in Part Three. This response will draw on the earlier argument in Part Two to show that the original thesis can be defended against this objection.

The paper will be evaluated in terms of the grading rubric. The clearer your presentation of the debate and the more specific you can be in that presentation, the stronger the paper will be.

The Final Paper must be six to eight pages in length (not counting the cover page or reference list). You must use at least four resources, at least one of which must provide support for your thesis and at least one of which must provide support for your counter-thesis. Two of the four required resources must be found in the Ashford Online Library. The Final Paper must be formatted according to APA (6th edition) style, and all resources must be properly cited in text as well as on the reference page. If you would like to refer to APA samples and tutorials, log into the Ashford Writing Center (located in the Learning Resources tab in the left navigation bar).

PHI 103 Week 5 Quiz

The sentence “P → Q” is read as

“P v Q” is best interpreted as

What is the truth value of the sentence “P v ~ P”?

If P is false, and Q is false, the truth-value of “P ↔Q” is

“Julie and Kurt got married and had a baby” is best symbolized as

“~ P v Q” is best read as

One of the disadvantages of using truth tables is

A sentence is said to be truth-functional if and only if

A conditional sentence with a false antecedent is always

In the truth table for an invalid argument,

Definition

Term

ACC 300 Complete Class Week 1-5

Click the link below to Purchase ACC/300 Entire Class

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-300-complete-class-week-1-5/

ACC/300 Entire Course Material

ACC 300 Week 1 Accounting Equation Paper
ACC 300 Week 1 Discussion Questions DQs
ACC 300 Week 1 Individual Assignment Chapter 2 Brief Exercises
ACC 300 Week 2 Discussion Questions DQs Ver 2
ACC 300 Week 2 Discussion Questions DQs
ACC 300 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment
ACC 300 Week 2 Problem Set 1
ACC 300 Week 2 Team Reflection
ACC 300 Week 3 Discussion Question DQs Ver 2
ACC 300 Week 3 Discussion Questions DQs
ACC 300 Week 3 Individual Assignment Part I
ACC 300 Week 3 Individual Assignment Part II
ACC 300 Week 3 Individual Assignment Part III
ACC 300 Week 3 Individual Assignment Part IV
ACC 300 Week 3 Individual Assignment Part V
ACC 300 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Landrys
ACC 300 Week 3 Team Problem P4 2A
ACC 300 Week 3 Team Reflection
ACC 300 Week 3 Working with Financial Statements Team Week3
ACC 300 Week 4 Discussion Question DQs Ver 2
ACC 300 Week 4 Discussion Questions DQs
ACC 300 Week 4 Individual Assignment Financial Statement Analysis Landrys
ACC 300 Week 4 Individual problem set II P2 6A and P13 2A
ACC 300 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Managerial and Financial Accounting Paper
ACC 300 Week 4 Problem Set 2
ACC 300 Week 4 Team Reflection
ACC 300 Week 4 ur Questions
ACC 300 Week 4
ACC 300 Week 5 Individual Assignment 4 Accounting Regulatory Bodies
ACC 300 Week 5 Individual Assignment Chapter 6
ACC 300 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Accounting Reporting Criteria Paper
ACC 300 Week 5 Reflection
ACC 300 Week 5 Team Paper

Definition

Term

ACC 306 Entire Course Ashford Tutorial

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-306-entire-course-ashford-tutorial/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 306 Week 1 Assignment E13-21, E13-22, P12-1, P12-7,P12-10, P12-14, P13-6

ACC 306 Week 1 DQ 1 Equity Method

ACC 306 Week 1 DQ 2 Judgment Case 13-9

ACC 306 Week 2 DQ 1 Ethics Case 14-8 Hunt Manufacturing

ACC 306 Week 2 DQ 2 Ethics Case 15-4

ACC 306 Week 3 Assignment E 16-24, E 16-25, E 17-10, E 17-19, P 16-7, P 17-16

ACC 306 Week 3 Ethics Case 17-6

ACC 306 Week 3 Integrating Case 16-5

ACC 306 Week 4 Communication Case 18-10

ACC 306 Week 4 Ethics Case 19-7

ACC 306 Week 4 Assignment E 18-18, E 18-24, E 19-2, E 19-5, E 19-9, E 19-24, P 18-5

ACC 306 Week 5 Analysis Case 20-10

ACC 306 Week 5 Ethics Case 20-5

ACC 306 Week 5 Ethics Case 21-7

ACC 306 Week 5 Assignment E 20-18, P 21-11, P 21-14

ACC 306 Week 5 Final Paper (Lease)

Definition

Term

ACC 340 All Weeks 1 – 5 Complete Class A + Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-340-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 340 Complete Course

ACC 340 Entire Course

Week 1

Individual Assignment: The Effects of Technology on the Accounting Profession Paper

Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper describing how information systems are changing the various aspects of the accounting profession.

o    Include a description of a variety of new technologies and their effects on accounting processes.

o    Discuss how these technologies have changed the way accounting is performed at your organization or at an organization of your choosing.

Cite at least two sources in your paper.
Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.

Week 2

Learning Team Assignment: Accounting Cycle Description Paper

Click the Virtual Organization link on the student website to access company information on Riordan Manufacturing. Then, select one of the accounting cycles. This selection is the basis of this and subsequent Learning Team assignments, so obtain faculty approval for your selection.

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word paper addressing the following:

o    Identify the five accounting cycles and explain how this organization uses the accounting cycle you have selected.

o    Comment on the strengths and weaknesses of the internal controls related to this cycle.

o    Explain how you would integrate this part of the accounting cycle into an enterprise-wide accounting information system.

o    Differentiate between the various types of information systems necessary to achieve this integration.

o    Demonstrate the flow of accounting information through this organization.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.

Week 3

Individual Assignment:  Accounting Information Systems Simulation Summary

Complete the Accounting Information Systems simulation located on the student website.

Write a 350-word summary addressing the following:

o    What are the advantages of having the same person performing multiple activities in a particular process? What are the disadvantages?

o    Where would you draw the line between cost-benefit analysis and accuracy of records?

o    How would prioritization affect Ramos International’s expected loss over the current year?

Format your summary consistent with APA guidelines.

Learning Team Assignment: Hardware and Software Selection Paper

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word paper using the same step of the accounting cycle your Learning Team selected for its Accounting Cycle Description Paper that examines the hardware and software necessary to integrate this accounting process into an automated system.

Discuss what information might need to be shared between the different cycles.

Include the following in your paper:

o    Who needs access to the information?

o    What controls need to be in place?

o    What types of reports need to be generated?

o    What information should be available through the corporate intranet or the Internet?

Week 4

Individual Assignment: Database Definition Exercise

Complete the University of Phoenix Material: Database Definitions Exercise located on the student website.

Individual Assignment: Assignments From the Readings

Write a response to the following assignment from the Core Concepts of Accounting Information Systems text:

o    Chapter 13: Case Analyses 13–22 (Martin Shoes, Inc.)

Learning Team Assignment: Database Tables Exercise

Develop at least two tables, using the same step of the accounting cycle selected for your previous Learning Team assignments, that could be used in a database for your selected accounting cycle.

Use keys to demonstrate the relationships between your database tables.

Use fictitious data when entering information into the tables.

Note. A key is a unique identifier that distinguishes rows within a database table. To view examples, please refer to your text.

Week 5

Individual Assignment: Sarbanes-Oxley Act Article Analysis

Use the Electronic Reserve Readings, the University Library, the Internet, or other credible resources to locate an article that examines the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Write a 700- to 1,050-word summary of this article addressing the following:

o    Explain how the Sarbanes-Oxley Act affects the internal control of your organization or an organization of your choosing.

o    Discuss auditing around the computer and through the computer, the relevance of each, and how it affects your organization or an organization of your choosing.

Cite your article in your summary, and prepare to discuss your article in class.

Format your summary consistent with APA guidelines

Definition

Term

ACC 400 Complete Class Work

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-400-complete-class-work/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 400 Week 1 DQ 1

What is a current asset? What is a non-current asset? What is the difference between the two      types of assets? In which financial statement would you find these assets?

ACC 400 Week 1 DQ 2

What is an example of a significant accounting estimate? What is the importance of these estimates? How do ethics play into the decision-making process? Which financial statements include significant accounting estimates? Why?

ACC 400 Week 1 DQ 3

What are internal controls? Why do companies need them? What are some examples of internal controls? Who is responsible for developing internal controls? What are some limitations of internal controls?

ACC 400 Week 1 DQ 4

What are intangible assets? How does a business obtain intangible assets? What is goodwill? Why would a business have an account for goodwill?

ACC 400 Week 1 E-text Individual Assignments – Problem Set P7-3B & Exercise E9.4 & Exercise 9.8

ACC 400 Week 1 Summary

ACC 400 Week 2 Description

ACC 400 Week 2 DQ 1

Explain what a current liability is and identify the major types of current liabilities. Explain what a long term liability is and provide examples. In which financial statement would you find these liabilities?

ACC 400 Week 2 DQ 2

What are the types of equity accounts? What is the role of equity accounts in raising capital? Under what circumstances would you not pay a dividend? Under what circumstances would you pay a dividend?

ACC 400 Week 2 DQ 3

Identify and discuss the major characteristics of a corporation, including the advantages and disadvantages of being a corporation.

ACC 400 Week 2 E-text Individual Assignments – Chapter 8 Questions 3 and 4, Exercise E8-5 & Exercise E9.9

ACC 400 Week 2 Summary

ACC 400 Week 2 Team Assignment-Text Assignments Exercise E7-2 & Problem Set B P7-2B

ACC 400 Week 3 Description

ACC 400 Week 3 DQ 1

What is horizontal analysis? What is the value in using horizontal analysis? Why would a company use this analysis? What does this analysis tell you?

ACC 400 Week 3 DQ 2

What are examples of irregular items? How does a change in accounting principles affect the financial statements? Who in the organization is responsible for the application of a change in an accounting principle? Why?

ACC 400 Week 3 DQ 3

What are the three most common types of ratios? Why are they important? Which ratios would you use to determine the long-term viability of an organization? Why?

ACC 400 Week 3 E-text Individual Assignments – Chapter 10 Questions 1, 7, 8, and 19, BE 10-1, BYP10-1, BYP11-10 & Internet Assignment 11-1

ACC 400 Week 3 Summary

ACC 400 Week 3 Team Assignment-Text Assignments – Chapter 13 13-4A

ACC 400 Week 4 Description

                                                              ACC 400 Week 4 DQ 1

What are some of the various lease options? When would you use one option over the others? What could be the financial impact of this decision?

                                                               ACC 400 Week 4 DQ 2

Under which circumstances would you lease versus purchase? What are the criteria that you would use to make this decision? What is the financial impact of this decision?

                                                                ACC 400 Week 4 DQ 3

What are the components of the capital structure? What are the differences of these components? How do you determine the optimal mix of the components of the capital structure?

ACC 400 Week 4 Individual Assignment Debt Vs. Equity Financing Paper

ACC 400 Week 4 Summary

ACC 400 Week 4 Team Assignment – Interpreting Financial Statements & BYP13-4 Coca Cola-Pepsi

ACC 400 Week 4 Team Assignment – Interpreting Financial Statements Report ACC 400 Week 4 Team Assignment BYP13-4 Coca Cola-Pepsi

ACC 400 Week 4 Team Assignment BYP13-4 Coca Cola-Pepsi ( Excel )

                                                               ACC 400 Week 5 Descrption

ACC 400 Week 5 E-text Individual Assignments – 13-4 Application of SFAC No. 13, Case 23.1 & Case 23.2

ACC 400 Week 5 Final

ACC 400 Week 5 Final Answer Sheet

ACC 400 Week 5 Team Assignment-Text Assignments – BYP 13-7, Exercises 23.10 and 23.12

Definition

Term

Ashford ACC 407 Entire Course (Advanced Accounting)

Click the Link Below To Purchase ACC407

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-407-advanced-accounting-complete-class-awork-ashford/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 407 (Advanced Accounting)

Week 1 Assignment Partnership Problems. Complete E16-8.

As part of your homework submission, be sure to show your work not just the final answer. Partial credit is awarded for your effort as well as accuracy. Showing your work demonstrates your understanding of the concept even if the final answer is incorrect.

Week 1 DQ1 Partnership Agreements. Complete Case C15-1

In responding to the discussion question, be sure to address all the questions for the case. Consider using additional resources outside the textbook in addressing the case – these resources should be cited according to APA style.

Post on or before Day 3. Respond to at least two of your classmates’ posts by Day 7.

Week 1 DQ2 Partnership Liquidation. Complete Case C16-6.

Follow the case instructions to enter the SEC’s EDGAR site. Please also follow these supplemental instructions: After conducting an initial search, click on the red link at page bottom to see all documents. In responding to the discussion question, be sure to fully address the question identified for the case. Consider using additional resources outside the textbook in addressing the case – these resources should be cited according to APA style.

Post on or before Day 3. Respond to at least two of your classmates’ posts by Day 7.

Week 2 Assignment Consolidation Problems. Complete P1-37 and P3-31

As part of your homework submission, be sure to show your work not just the final answer. Partial credit is awarded for your effort as well as accuracy. Showing your work demonstrates your understanding of the concept even if the final answer is incorrect.

Week 2 DQ1 Risk Associated with Acquisitions. Complete Case C1-6

In responding to the discussion question, be sure to fully address the question identified for the case. Consider using additional resources outside the textbook in addressing the case – these resources should be cited according to APA style.

Week 2 DQ2 Choice of Accounting Method. Complete Case C2-1

In responding to the discussion question, be sure to fully address the question identified for the case. Consider using additional resources outside the textbook in addressing the case – these resources should be cited according to APA style.

Week 3 Assignment Consolidation Problems. Complete P5-38

As part of your homework submission, be sure to show your work not just the final answer. Partial credit is awarded for your effort as well as accuracy. Showing your work demonstrates your understanding of the concept even if the final answer is incorrect

Week 3 DQ1 Negative Retained Earnings. Complete Case C4-3

In responding to the discussion question, be sure to fully address the question identified for the case. Consider using additional resources outside the textbook in addressing the case – these resources should be cited according to APA style.

Week 3 DQ2 Taking Account of Ethics. Access the AICPA’s Code of Professional Conduct. Focusing on Section 100, ET Section 102 – Integrity and Objectivity choose two sub-sections of your choice, analyze their applicability to accounting practices today. Use the online Library databases to find information or an example that supports your analysis for each topic.

Week 4 Assignment Consolidation Process with Intercompany Transactions. Complete E6-8, E7-8, and E7-9

As part of your homework submission, be sure to show your work not just the final answer. Partial credit is awarded for your effort as well as accuracy. Showing your work demonstrates your understanding of the concept even if the final answer is incorrect.

Week 4 DQ1 Measuring Cost of Goods Sold. Complete Case C6-1

In responding to the discussion question, be sure to fully address the question identified for the case. Consider using additional resources outside the textbook in addressing the case – these resources should be cited according to APA style.

Week 4 DQ2 Intercompany Debt. Complete Case C8-5 Question (a) only

In responding to the discussion question, be sure to fully address the question identified for the case. Consider using additional resources outside the textbook in addressing the case – these resources should be cited according to APA style.

Week 5 Assignment Final Paper

The final assignment for this course is a Final Paper. The purpose of the Final Paper is for you to culminate the learning achieved in the course by describing your understanding and application of knowledge in the field of accounting. The Final Project represents 25% of the overall course grade.

Week 5 DQ1 Accounting for Hedges of Available-for-Sale Securities. Complete Case C11-6

In responding to the discussion question, be sure to fully address the question identified for the case. Consider using additional resources outside the textbook in addressing the case – these resources should be cited according to APA style.

Week 5 DQ2 Interim Reporting. Complete Case C13-3

In responding to the discussion question, be sure to fully address the question identified for the case. Consider using additional resources outside the textbook in addressing the case – these resources should be cited according to APA style.

Focus of the Final Paper

Assignment Instructions:

The purpose of the Final Paper is for you to culminate the learning achieved in the course by describing your understanding and applying your knowledge and research in the field of accounting. Select one of the major topics listed below to analyze:

Accounting standards for business combinations: What is the history for accounting for business combinations? Identify and discuss the Financial Accounting Standards (FAS) that govern business combinations and consolidations? Evaluate the reasons for business combination including the advantages and disadvantages for both the acquirer and acquiree. Identify and discuss the financial and nonfinancial factors that should be considered by both parties. What are some acquisition tactics and defenses, i.e. leveraged buyout?

The use of hedging in relation to foreign currency transactions: Demonstrate a foreign currency transaction by providing an example. Evaluate the risks associated with foreign currency transaction. Describe hedging and how hedging is used to mitigate the risks of foreign currency transactions? Discuss the pros and cons of hedging.

Accounting for partnerships – Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of partnerships. Identify and discuss the Financial Accounting Standards (FAS) that govern accounting for partnerships including both creation, operation, and liquidation. What are the tax consequences of partnerships.

International accounting standards (IFRS) – Distinguish the general differences between IFRS and US GAAP. Identify and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of IFRS. Evaluate the need for a set of wholly accepted international standards. What is the status of the upcoming convergence to IFRS for the US? In relation to the topics covered in this course, business combinations and partnerships, how do IFRS and US GAAP differ and which set of standards are more advantageous to the entity? More advantageous to the investor or creditor?

Definition

Term

ACC 423 (Intermediate Financial Accounting III) Entire Class

Following the link below to purchase A+ Graded Work ACC423

Contact us @ hwminute@gmail.com

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-423-intermediate-financial-accounting-iii-entire-class/

ACC 423 Week 1 Discussion Question 1

ACC 423 Week 1 Discussion Question 2

ACC 423 Week 1 Individual Assignment Owners Equity Paper

ACC 423 Week 2 Discussion Question 1

ACC 423 Week 2 Discussion Question 2

ACC 423 Week 2 Individual WileyPLUS Assignment E15-13 (a,b) , P15-1 , E16-20 , P16-7

ACC 423 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment P15-3 , P16-6 , P16-8

And CA16-4

ACC 423 Week 3 Discussion Question 1

ACC 423 Week 3 Discussion Question 2

ACC 423 Week 3 Individual WileyPLUS Assignment Exercise E17-7 , E17-12 , Problem P17-3 And P17-8 (a & c)

ACC 423 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment P17 -1 And P17 – 9

ACC 423 Week 4 Discussion Question 1

ACC 423 Week 4 Discussion Question 2

ACC 423 Week 4 Individual WileyPLUS Assignment Exercise E19-6, E19-9 , Problem P19-1 And P19-3

ACC 423 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment P19 – 2 And P19 – 7

ACC 423 Week 5 Discussion Question 1

ACC 423 Week 5 Discussion Question 2

ACC 423 Week 5 Individual WileyPLUS Assignment Exercise E20-7,

Problem P20-4, Exercise E22-19, Problem P22-6

ACC 423 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment P20 – 8 And P22 – 3

Definition

Term

ACC 455 Complete Class Week 1 – 5 All Assignments and Discussion Questions – A+ Graded Course Material

Click On The Link Below to Purchase A+ Work for ACC455

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-455-complete-course-material/

ACC 455 Complete Course Material

ACC 455 Week 1 Individual assignment Tax Return Position Paper
ACC 455 Week 1 DQ 1
ACC 455 Week 1 DQ 2
ACC 455 Week 1 DQ 3
ACC 455 Week 2 Individual Assignment Problem Set
ACC 455 Week 2 Team Assignment Outline for Week 3
ACC 455 Week 2 DQ 1
ACC 455 Week 2 DQ 2
ACC 455 Week 2 DQ 3
ACC 455 Week 2 DQ 4
ACC 455 Week 3 Team Assignment Problem Set
ACC 455 Week 3 DQ 1
ACC 455 Week 3 DQ 2
ACC 455 Week 3 DQ 3
ACC 455 Week 4 Team Assignment Outline for Week 5
ACC 455 Week 4 Individual Assignment Problem Set
ACC 455 Week 4 DQ 1
ACC 455 Week 4 DQ 2
ACC 455 Week 4 DQ 3
ACC 455 Week 4 DQ 4
ACC 455 Week 5 Team Assignment Problem Set
ACC 455 Week 5 DQ 1
ACC 455 Week 5 DQ 2
ACC 455 Week 5 DQ 3
ACC 455 Week 5 DQ 4

ACC 455 Entire Course, ACC 455 Entire Course Week 1-5, ACC 455 Complete Course, ACC 455 Complete Course Week 1-5, ACC/455 Entire Course, ACC/455 Entire Course Week 1-5, ACC 455 Entire Course All Assignments and DQs, ACC 455 Entire Course Week 1-5 All Assignments and DQs, ACC 455 Complete Class Material, ACC 455 Complete Class Material Week 1-5, ACC 455 Complete Class Material Week 1-5 All Assignments and DQs, ACC 455 Full Class Material,

Definition

Term

ACC 490 Entire Course

Click the link below to purchase ACC490

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-490-entire-course/

ACC 490 Week 1 DQ 1
ACC 490 Week 1 DQ 2
ACC 490 Week 1 DQ 3
ACC 490 Week 1 Individual Assignment Generally Accepted Auditing Standards Paper
ACC 490 Week 1 Summary
ACC 490 Week 2 DQ 1
ACC 490 Week 2 DQ 2
ACC 490 Week 2 DQ 3
ACC 490 Week 2 Individual Assignment Chapter 1 Textbook Exercise
ACC 490 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Auditing, Attestation, and Assurance Services Paper
ACC 490 Week 2 Summary
ACC 490 Week 3 DQ 1
ACC 490 Week 3 DQ 2
ACC 490 Week 3 DQ 3
ACC 490 Week 3 Individual Assignment Chapter 5, 6, & 7 Textbook Exercises
ACC 490 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Assessing Materiality and Risk Simulation
ACC 490 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Assessing Materiality and Risk Simulation
ACC 490 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Ch. 6 & 7 Textbook Exercises
ACC 490 Week 3 Summary
ACC 490 Week 4 DQ 1
ACC 490 Week 4 DQ 2
ACC 490 Week 4 DQ 3
ACC 490 Week 4 Individual Assignment Chapters 8, 10, & 11 Textbook Exercises
ACC 490 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Apollo Shoes Case Assignment
ACC 490 Week 4 Summary
ACC 490 Week 5 Individual Assignment Chapters 11 & 13 Textbook Exercises
ACC 490 Week 5 Individual Assignment Final Examination
ACC 490 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Audit Sampling Case Memo and Presentation
ACC 490 Week 5 Summary

Top of Form

$25.00 – Purchase

Bottom of Form

Definition

Term

ACC 492 Entire Course week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-492-entire-class-week-1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 492 Week 1 DQ 1

ACC 492 Week 1 DQ 2

ACC 492 Week 1 Individual Assignment from the Text

ACC 492 Week 1 Individual Assignment Payroll Flowchart

ACC 492 Week 1 Individual Multiple Choice

ACC 492 Week 1 Quiz

ACC 492 Week 2 DQ 1

ACC 492 Week 2 DQ 2

ACC 492 Week 2 Individual Assignment from the Text

ACC 492 Week 2 Individual Multiple Choice

ACC 492 Week 2 Quiz

ACC 492 Week 2 Team Assignment Internal Control Questionnaire

ACC 492 Week 3 DQ 1

ACC 492 Week 3 DQ 2

ACC 492 Week 3 Individual Multiple Choice Quiz

ACC 492 Week 3 Quiz

ACC 492 Week 3 Team Assignment Audit Program Development

ACC 492 Week 4 DQ 1

ACC 492 Week 4 DQ 2

ACC 492 Week 4 Individual Multiple Choice Quiz

ACC 492 Week 4 Quiz

ACC 492 Week 4 Team Assignment Audit Program Presentation

ACC 492 Week 5 Individual Assignment Audit Program Simulation

ACC 492 Week 5 Team Assignment Case study assignment

Definition

Term

ACC 548 Entire Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-548-entire-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 548 Individual and Team Assignments

ACC 548 Week 1 Individual Assignment Comprehensive Annual Financial Report Briefing

ACC 548 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Text Problem Sets

ACC 548 Week 3 Individual Assignment Text Problem Sets

ACC 548 Week 4 Individual Assignment Comprehensive Annual Financial Report Presentation

ACC 548 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Reporting Requirements Memo

ACC 548 Week 6 Individual Assignment Comprehensive Annual Financial Report Budget Analysis

Definition

Term

ACC 557 Entire Course Updated 2014

(DQ’S INCLUDED)

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-557-complete-class-work/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 557 Entire Course Updated 2014

ACC 557 Assignment 1 Review of Accounting Ethics

ACC 557 Week 1 Chapter 1 (E1-4,E1-7,E1-11,P1-2A) 100% Scored

ACC 557 Assignment 2 You Are an Entrepreneur!

ACC 557 Week 2 Chapter 2 (E2-6,E2-9,E2-11,P2-2A) 100% Scored

ACC 557 Week 2 DQ 1

ACC 557 Week 2 DQ 2

ACC 557 Week 2 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 2 Chapter 3 (E3-6,E3-7,E3-11,P3-2A) 100% Scored]

ACC 557 Assignment 3 You Are an Investment Analyst

ACC 557 Week 3 Chapter 4 (E4-5,E4-7,E4-13,P4-4A) 100% Scored

ACC 557 Week 3 P4-4A

ACC 557 Week 3 Quiz

ACC 557 chapter 14(E14-3,E14-4,E14-13,P14-6A)

ACC 557 Week 4 Chapter 6 (E6-1,E6-10,E6-14,P6-3A)

ACC 557 Week 4 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 5 Chapter 7 (E7-5,E7-7,E7-14,P7-3A)

ACC 557 Week 5 Chapter 8 (E8-3,E8-5,E8-14,P8-7A)

ACC 557 Week 5 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 6 Chapter 9 (E9-9,E9-11,E9-12,P9-3A)

ACC 557 Week 6 Chapter 10 (E10-9,E10-12,E10-15,P10-1A)

ACC 557 Week 6 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 7 Chapter 11 (E11-7,E11-13,E11-17,P11-3A)

ACC 557 Week 7 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 8 Chapter 12 (E12-7,E12-8,E12-12,P12-2A)

ACC 557 Week 8 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 9 Chapter 13 (E13-3,E13-4,E13-6,P13-3A)

ACC 557 Week 9 Quiz

ACC 557 Entire Week 10 Updated 2014(NEW)

ACC 557 Week 10 Chapter 14 (E14-3,E14-4,E14-13,P14-6A)

ACC 557 Week 10 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 11 Quiz

Top of Form

Bottom of Form

Definition

Term

ACC 561 Complete Course Material Week 1-6

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-561-week-1-6-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 561 Complete Course Material Week 1-6

ACC 561 Accounting Systems to Determine Product Costs

ACC 561 Analyzing the Four Financial Statements

ACC 561 AUNT CONNIES COOKIES

ACC 561 Broadening Your Perspective

ACC 561 Cost Allocation

ACC 561 Costing Methods

ACC 561 Financial Statement Differentiation Paper-Four Basic Financial Statements

ACC 561 Snap Fitness Cost-Volume-Profit and Break-Even Analysis

ACC 561 Super Bakery Inc Costing Methods

ACC 561 Thomas Money Service Inc Scenario

ACC 561 Tootsie Roll Industries Inc

Acc 561 Week 1 Exercise Be1-7 Be1-8 Be1-9

ACC 561 Week 1 Guillermo Furniture Store Ethics And Decision Making

ACC 561 week 1 Small Business Idea

Acc 561 Week 2 Financial Statement Analysis-Walmart

Acc 561 Week 2 Financial Statement Analysis

ACC 561 Week 2 Small Business Idea

ACC 561 Week 3 Aunt Connie’s Cookies

Acc 561 Week 3 Exercises

Acc 561 Week 4 Assignment Larson Inc

ACC 561 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Guillermo Furniture Store Analysis

ACC 561 Week 4 Learning Team Reflection Cost-Volume-Profit

ACC 561 Week 6 Learning Team Assignment Guillermo Furniture Store Paper

ACC 561 Why Choose a Franchise

Acc 561 Aspects of business – Statement of Cash Flows, Income Statement, Retained Earnings Statement,Balance sheet

Guillermo Furniture Store Scenario ACC 561

Definition

Term

ACC 561 Final Exam Guide

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-561-final-exam/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 561 Final Exam

The statement of cash flows is used for _____.
Nonoperating items on the income statement _____.

The difference between a single-step and multiple-step income statement is that a single-step income statement _____.

Which one of the following statements is true?

The _____ accounting convention uses the acquisition cost minus depreciation in valuing an asset on the balance sheet.
A new corporation issuing a common, no-par value stock for cash would include a journal entry a debit to _____.

Which type of organization would most likely have work-in-process inventory?
_____ is a measure of income or profit divided by the investment required to obtain that income or profit.

The following information is available for the Peter Company: Sales $150,000 Invested Capital 156,250 ROI 10% The return on sales is _____.

The following information is available for the Peter Company:

The return on sales is _____.

Speedo Company’s revenues are $300 on invested capital of $240. Expenses are currently 70% of sales. If Angelo Company can reduce its invested capital by 20%, return on investment will be _____.

When the variable costing method is used, fixed factory overhead appears on the income statement as a _____.
In absorption costing, costs are separated into the major categories of_____.

_____ is another term for variable costing.
The use of budgeted service department cost rates protects using departments from _____.

_____ is an example of the external financial-reporting purpose of the cost management systems.
The level of sales at which revenues equal expenses and net income is zero is called the _____.

Output measures of both resources and activities are _____.

The break-even point is where _____.

_____ is an example of the external financial reporting purpose of the cost management systems.

_____ budgeting is when budgets are formulated with the active participation of all affected employees.
_____ is the logical integration of management accounting tools to gather and report data and to evaluate performance.

_____ are components of a master budget.

Important factors considered by sales forecasters include all of the following except _____.

_____ models are mathematical models of the master budget that can react to any set of assumption about sales, costs, and product mix.

Which of the following is an objective of budgeting?

An organization’s budget program should be used

The activity-based costing may reveal _________, whereas traditional costing cannot.

_____ is a method of approximating cost functions.

In relation to a cost function, the term reliability refers to _____.

One of the simplest methods to measure a linear cost function from past data is the _____.

Definition

Term

ACCT 304 Intermediate Accounting – Week 4 Midterm Exam

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-304-intermediate-accounting-week-4-midterm-exam/

1.            Question:            (TCO 1) The SEC issues accounting standards in the form of:

2.            Question:            (TCO2) The FASB’s conceptual framework’s qualitative characteristics of accounting information include:

3.            Question:            (TCO 2) The conceptual framework’s recognition and measurement concepts recognize which of the following as a principle, rather than an assumption?

4.            Question:            (TCO 2) The assumption that in the absence of contrary information a business entity will continue indefinitely is the:

5.            Question:            (TCO 3) XYZ Corporation receives $100,000 from investors for issuing them shares of its stock. XYZ’s journal entry to record this transaction would include a:

6.            Question:            (TCO 3) Recording revenue earned, but not yet collected, from a customer is an example of:

7.            Question:            (TCO 4) Accrued expenses:

8.            Question:            (TCO 3) Cost of goods sold is:

9.            Question:            (TCO 3) When an employer makes an end-of-period adjusting entry with a debit to supplies expense, the usual credit entry is made to:

Question:            (TCO 2) What are the key provisions of the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection (Sarbanes-Oxley) Act of 2002?

2.            Question:            (TCO 4) Provide an example of a liability that would not require the payment of cash.

3.            Question:            (TCO 5) List at least four operating activities that would be reported in the statement of cash flows for Wal-Mart. Assume the use of the direct method.

Definition

Term

ACCT 346 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acct-346-complete-course-week-1-7/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACCT 346 Complete Course Material

ACCT 346 Managerial Accounting Course Project on Bravo Baking Company

ACCT 346 Week 1-7 All Discussion Questions

ACCT 346 Week 3 Quiz (2 Sets)

ACCT 346 Week 4 Midterm 1

ACCT 346 Week 4 Midterm 2

ACCT 346 Week 6 Quiz (2 Sets)

Definition

Term

AED 200 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/aed-200-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

AED 200 Week 1 DQ1 and DQ2

AED 200 Week 1 CheckPoint Teacher Certification Licensure

AED 200 Week 2 CheckPoint Students Social Challenges

AED 200 Week 2 CheckPoint Social Justice

AED 200 Week 2 Assignment Multicultural Education Scenario

AED 200 Week 3 DQ 1 and DQ 2

AED 200 Week 3 CheckPoint School Funding Issues

AED 200 Week 4 CheckPoint Religion in Schools

AED 200 Week 4 CheckPoint Debate Project Outline

AED 200 Week 4 Assignment Students Rights and Teachers Responsibilities Scenario

AED 200 Week 5 DQ 1 and DQ 2

AED 200 Week 5 CheckPoint Educational Philosophies

AED 200 Week 6 CheckPoint Personal Philosophy of Education

AED 200 Week 6 Assignment claassroom management paper

AED 200 Week 7 DQ 1 and DQ 2

AED 200 Week 7 CheckPoint Key Players in Curriculum Development

AED 200 Week 8 CheckPoint Accommodating ELL Students

AED 200 Week 8 Assignment Technology in Education Project

AED 200 Week 9 Capstone Discussion Question

AED 200 Week 9 Final Project Educational Debate Persuasive Paper

Definition

Term

BCOM 275 Entire Course

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bcom-275-entire-course/

BCOM 275 Week 1 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

BCOM 275 Week 1 Individual Assignment Exercise 1.1

BCOM 275 Week 2 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

BCOM 275 Week 2 Individual Assignment Demonstrative Communication Paper

BCOM 275 Week 3 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

BCOM 275 Week 3 Individual Assignment Article Rebuttal

BCOM 275 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Debate Paper Outline

BCOM 275 Week 4 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

BCOM 275 Week 4 Individual Assignment Knowing Your Audience Paper and Communication Release

BCOM 275 Week 5 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

BCOM 275 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Debate Paper

Definition

Term

BCOM 275 Final Exam Guide 4 Sets

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bcom-275-final-exam-guide-4-sets/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

Definition

Term

BEH 225 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/beh-225-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BEH 225 Entire Course

BEH 225 Week 1 Checkpoint Research Methods (Appendix B)
BEH 225 Week 1 DQ 1
BEH 225 Week 1 DQ 2
BEH 225 Week 2 Assignment Brain Response of Behavior (Appendix C)
BEH 225 Week 2 CheckPoint Heredity and Hormones
BEH 225 Week 3 CheckPoint Intelligence Presentation (Powerpoint)
BEH 225 Week 3 DQ 1
BEH 225 Week 3 DQ 2
BEH 225 Week 4 Assignment Problem Solving Simulation
BEH 225 Week 4 CheckPoint Skinner Article
BEH 225 Week 5 CheckPoint Motivating Employees
BEH 225 Week 5 DQ 1
BEH 225 Week 5 DQ 2
BEH 225 Week 6 Assignment Interview Outline
BEH 225 Week 6 Assignment T.V. Character Evaluation (Appendix D)
BEH 225 Week 6 CheckPoint Personality Assessment and Theories
BEH 225 Week 7 CheckPoint Evaluation and Judgment
BEH 225 Week 7 DQ 1
BEH 225 Week 7 DQ 2
BEH 225 Week 8 Assignment Diagnosis and Treatment
BEH 225 Week 8 CheckPoint Psychological Disorders Presentation (Powerpoint)
BEH 225 Week 9 Capstone DQ
BEH 225 Week 9 Final Project Interview Profile Shaahree Buckley

Definition

Term

BIS220 Entire Class All 5 Weeks, Individual and Team Assignments and DQs

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bis-220-entire-class-5-wkindividual-team-assignments-dqs/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BIS/220 Entire Class Assignments and DQs – Guaranteed A Grade Material

Week 1

Individual Information Technology Acts Paper

Select two of the following acts to research:

Do Not Call Implementation Act, 2003

Controlling the Assault of Non-solicited Pornography and Marketing (CAN-SPAM) Act, 2003

Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA), 2002

Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (US Patriot Act), 2001, renewed 2006

Children’s Internet Protection Act, 2000

Financial Services Modernization Act, 1999

Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA), 1998

No Electronic Theft (NET) Act, 1997

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), 1996

Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA), 1991

Video Privacy Protection Act, 1988

Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, 1986

Electronic Communications Privacy Act, 1986

The Cable Communications Policy Act, 1984

Electronic Funds Transfer Act, 1978

Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 1974

Fair Credit Reporting Act, 1970

Prepare a 350- to 1,050-word paper that answers the following question:

What were the advances in information technology that resulted in new ethical issues necessitating the creation of each act?

Week 2

Individual Information Systems Proposal

Scenario: Imagine that you and a business partner are considering starting a small, brick & mortar, nostalgic record store. Your friend does not have much experience with information systems or technology, and needs a basic understanding of the different types of information systems available to businesses.

Write a proposal of the types of information systems that would work well for your chosen business, and their benefits and drawbacks. The summary must outline five types of information systems. See Table 2.2 in Introduction to Information Systems.

Include the following in your summary using the features of Microsoft^® Word:

A table of contents

A table

A minimum of two styles

An image

Either a bulleted or numbered list

Week 3

Individual Types of Electronic Commerce Activity

Resources: Types of Electronic Commerce Activity

Complete the Types of Electronic Commerce Activity.

Take a screen shot of the completed activity, and submit it to your instructor in a Microsoft^® Word document.

Learning Team Scenario: Imagine you are an employee of Party Plates, a company that manufactures decorative paper plates and napkins for special events. Your team has been assigned a new project. The president of your company has tasked you with improving the efficiency of the current information systems used in the sales department, because the current systems are somewhat antiquated. Your organization is currently using Microsoft^® Excel^® to track all personnel data, but would like to migrate to a relational database like Microsoft^® Access^®. You have also been tasked with identifying potential collaborative software that may improve internal communications and help streamline some of the work processes for the sales department.

Prepare a 350- to 700-word proposal addressing the potential implementation of new information systems in your organization.

Explain the usefulness of converting data currently held in Microsoft^® Excel^® spreadsheets into a relational database using Microsoft^® Access^®.

Describe the benefits of using Microsoft^® Access^® in the work environment.

Include suggestions for the future use of collaborative software and how it can help the sales department improve communications and streamline work processes.

Efficiency and Collaboration Proposal

Week 4

Learning Team Wireless Technologies Proposal

Scenario: The president of Party Plates has requested a new proposal from your team. She would like information on wireless technologies and how they might be used in your organization.

Write a 350- to 700-word proposal discussing wireless technologies.

Include the following in your proposal:

Your recommendation of at least two wireless technologies that would be beneficial to implement in the Party Plates organization

The pros and cons for incorporating these two wireless technologies in your organization

A justification for the decision, and the risks of using wireless technologies in your department

A spreadsheet to track hardware or software requirements of your proposed wireless technologies, including the associated costs

Include the following in your spreadsheet using the features of Microsoft^® Excel^®:

Use the SUM function in your spreadsheet to give a cost estimate of equipment needed

The date function

An additional math or statistical function of your choice

Format your proposal consistent with APA guidelines.

Week 5

Individual Social Media and Networking Presentation

Scenario: Imagine that you have been hired as a consultant for a university that wants to leverage social media and networking technologies to encourage the collaboration of students, and improve their overall sense of community.

Analyze how the university might integrate at least two social media and networking technologies to accomplish their goals. Your analysis must cover the advantages and disadvantages of social networking. The president of the university also needs to know what the system development life cycle is, and how you intend on bringing social networking tools to life within this cycle.

Translate the critical details of your proposal into a 10- to 15-slide Microsoft^® PowerPoint^® presentation that you will present to the university president.

Include the following in your presentation using the features of Microsoft^® PowerPoint^®:

A slide template

Slide layouts

Themes

At least one example of animation

At least one example of a media object

Definition

Term

BSA 310 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bsa-310-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BSA 310 Week 1 DQ 1 And 2

A “business system”, as defined by Georgetown University, is “a combination of people and automated applications organized to meet a particular set of business objectives. Describe a business system you use in your work environment. What is the business objective of the business system?

A companies “Business Model” serves to (1) articulate the value proposition, (2) identify a market segment, (3) define the structure of the firm’s “value chain”, (4) specify the revenue generation mechanisms, (5) describe the position of the firm within the value network, and (6) to formulate the competitive strategy.

BSA Week 1 Individual Assignment System Inventory)

BSA 310 Week 1 Supporting Activity

BSA 310 Week 2

BSA 310 Week 2 DQ

1. Review Chapter 3 in the eBook. Apply Porter’s competitive forces model to your organization. Who are the new market entrants, substitute products, etc.

2. Review Chapter 4 in the eBook. Explain how informed consent, legislation, industry self-regulation, and technology tools help protect the individual privacy of Internet users.

Describe common threats against contemporary information systems in your organization. What can be done to mitigate the risks imposed?

Security isn’t simply a technology issue, it’s a business issue. Discuss.

BSA 310 Week 2 Individual Assignment

BSA 310 Week 2 Supporting Activity

BSA 310 Week 3 DQ

The text identified three common legal forms of business organizations: sole proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. IF you were to start or your business (or if you already have started your own business) what type of legal form would you use? Why did you choose this legal form?

Or

Financial statements (balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows, and statement of stockholders’ equity) are the primary means accountants use to communicate financial information to investors, creditors, regulatory agencies,
and others. Choose one of these financial statements and provide an example of the statement from your current organization, if possible. Provide a brief analysis of what is contained on the statement.

The text identified three common legal forms of business organizations: sole proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. IF you were to start or your business (or if you already have started your own business) what type of legal form would you use? Why did you choose this legal form?

Review Chapter 2 in your eBook. Choose two different types of companies (or UOP virtual organizations) with which you are familiar and provide examples of an operating revenue, a nonoperating revenue, and an operating expense for that company. Define these terms

Review Chapter 9 in your eBook. Choose three of the key terms defined within or at the end of the chapter and provide the definition for these terms.

BSA 310 Week 3 Individual Assignment Accounting System Paper

BSA 310 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment

BSA 310 Week 3 Supporting Activity

BSA 310 Week 4 DQ

1. Review chapter one in your eBook. The marketing process involves five steps, the first four of which involve the steps to create value for customers. Discuss how your organization creates value through the marketing process.

or

2. Review chapter two in your eBook. Managing the marketing function begins with a complete analysis of the company’s situation.The marketer should conduct a SWOT analysis, by which it evaluates the company’s overall strengths (S), weaknesses (W), opportunities (O), and threats (T). Conduct a SWOT analysis for your organization.

Review chapter 14 in your eBook. Direct marketing is rich in tools, from traditional old favorites such as direct mail, catalogs, and telemarketing to the Internet and other new digital approaches. What direct marketing tools does your organization use? Which, in your opinion, are the most effective, least effective?

Review chapter 16 in your eBook. Sustainable marketing goes beyond caring for the needs and wants of customers today. It means having concern for tomorrow’s customers in assuring the survival and success of the business, shareholders, employees, and the broader world in which we live. How is your organization using sustainable marketing to ensure long term success?

BSA 310 Week 4 Individual Assignment McBride Marketing Paper

BSA 310 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment

BSA 310 Week 4 Supporting Activity

BSA 310 Week 5 DQ

Review chapter one in your eBook. Distinguish between data and information and between information systems literacy and computer literacy.

Review chapter two in your eBook. Choose two of the following systems, define the system, provide an example of its use in a company, and describe the business benefits.

–enterprise systems,
–supply chain management systems,
–customer relationship management systems,or
–knowledge management systems.

Review chapter eight in your eBook. If you were developing a business continuity plan for your company, where would you start? What aspects of the business would the plan address?

Review chapter thirteen in your eBook. What are three key considerations when building an information system?

BSA 310 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment

BSA 310 Week 5 Learning Team Presentation

BSA 310 Week 5 Supporting Activity

Definition

Term

BSA 375 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bsa-375-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com

BSA 375When u go inside the category course link detail + description are given below

Link name

BSA 375Week 1 Discussion Question 1

Why do heuristics and biases play a major role in the success or failure of an IT project? What specific kinds are the most influential factors, in general and for your specific organization?How does organization culture play a role in the successful reliance on the Joint Application Development (JAD) process to identify and gather business requirements? Would JAD work in your company? Explain why or why not.

BSA 375Week 1 Discussion Question 2

Based on Tallon and Scannell’s (2007) article, describe information life cycle management (ILM) and the relationship to the cost of storage.Based on Mitchell’s (2007) article, explain how Musicland stores were converted to the Trans World Entertainment system in 90 days.

BSA 375

BSA 375Week 2 Discussion Question 1

What is enterprise-wide analytics technology, and how does it play a part in understanding business processes? What are the challenges in rolling out a business intelligence tool?b. What are some of the challenges associated with requirement elicitation? How does an iterative approach help that process?

BSA 375Week 2 Discussion Question 2

Based on Perkin’s (2007) article, list five reasons why projects fail. Provide an example of a project failure.Based on Stotz’s (2007) article, why is it important to define adequately the use of a system? List five items a typical design document contains.

BSA 375week 2 Individual Assignment Service Request SR-rm-004, Part 1 Paper

Individual Assignment: Service Request SR-rm-004, Part 1

The final individual paper for this class is comprised of three sections and due in Week Four. One section of the paper is due each week.

Complete Section 1 of 3 for the final paper due in Week Four. Using the Service Request SR-rm-004, analyze HR system, and prepare a 4-6 page paper that accomplishes the following:

Describe the information-gathering techniques and design methods you would propose to use for the project.

Identify the key factors that help ensure the information required for the project is gathered successfully.

Explain the scope and feasibility of the project.

Cite and discuss 3 to 4 references, in addition to the required readings, that are relevant to the assignment. Include citations and references using the approved style guide format.

BSA 375Week 3 Discussion Question 1

What are the differences between the human-centered and user-centered approaches? Do you agree that human-centered approach is more effective? Explain why or why not.Describe the need for security measures in IT organizations and information systems. Consider potential risks as well as legal and ethical considerations for protecting data.

BSA 375Week 3 Discussion Question 2

Based on the Geoff Keston (2009) article Scrum Project Management Techniques, how has Scrum influenced the design of Web-based applications? What are the implications of agile development on the traditional Systems Development Lifecycle (SDLC)?Based on the Kirk Woodward (2009) article, how has Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) influenced the design of Web-based applications? What are the implications of using third-party application components to construct Applications on the traditional SDLC?

BSA 375week 3 Individual Assignment Service Request SR-rm-004, Part 2 Paper

Individual Assignment: Service Request SR-rm-004, Part 2 PaperComplete sections 2 of 3 for the final paper due in Week Four. This week’s assignment incorporates the transition from analysis to design. You may consider revising section 1 based upon faculty feedback. Prepare a 4-6 page paper that accomplishes the following:Describe the application architecture and process design.

Include a high-level description of the security controls that you recommend for the design of this HR system. Apply the tools of systems analysis to describe the information system’s architecture in terms of data, processes, interfaces, and network.

Draw the physical data flow diagrams. Use Microsoft Visio to prepare examples of flow charts and data flow diagrams.

Cite and discuss 3 to 4 references, in addition to the required readings, that are relevant to the assignment. Include citations and references, using the approved style guide format.

Submit section 2 of the final paper.

BSA 375Week 4 Discussion Question 1

Is testing a distinct phase of a project, or does it come into play during other phases? Explain your answer. How might tools help the quality and effectiveness of testing?Based on Walsh’s (2007) article, explain why end-user satisfaction should be used in addition to return on investment (ROI) when measuring new systems.

BSA 375Week 4 Discussion Question 2

Based on Davidson and Kumagai’s (2008) article, list three advantages and risks associated with open source software.

BSA 375week 4 Individual Assignment Service Request SR-rm-004, Part 3 Paper – create using Riverpoint

Individual Assignment: Service Request SR-rm-004, Part 3 Paper

Complete section 3 of 3 for the final paper This week’s assignment incorporates the transition from design to implementation. You may consider revising sections 1 and 2 based upon faculty feedback.

Prepare a 4-6 page paper that accomplishes the following:

Describe the implementation stage for this project.

Include a discussion on the six major activities for the implementation stage as described within the text:

Coding.

Testing.

Installation.

Documentation.

Training.

Support.

The discussion on these six activities must describe how each activity would be specifically planned for the individual project situation.

Discuss the benefits of using defined and repeatable processes for accomplishing these activities for the implementation stage.

Cite and discuss 3 to 4 references, in addition to the required readings, that are relevant to the assignment. Include citations and references using approved style guide format.

BSA 375Week 5 Discussion Question 1

BSA 375Week 5 Discussion Question 2

BSA 375week 5 Learning Team Assignment Service Request SR-kf-013 Paper and Presentation

Learning Team Assignment: Service Request SR-kf-013 (Due Week Five)

Create a Learning Team Charter.

Complete Service Request SR-kf-013.

Develop Requirements for Kudler Fine Foods Frequent Shopper Program.

Prepare a 12-16 page paper and a PowerPoint^® presentation of the project, due in Week Five. Assume that the paper and the presentation are to be delivered to an executive management committee. At a minimum, the paper should include the following:

Business objectives with supporting measures of success for the project

Description of the current business process or system with identification of the scope or boundaries of the project

Project constraints: finances, time, resources, and organizational policies or culture

Business functional requirements

Description of the new business process or system—use the process objectives model and the system objectives model

Design requirements: input or output design, interface design, data model, and network model

Cost-benefit analysis

Learning Team Assignment: Service Request SR-kf-013 (Due Week Five)

Review the Service Request SR-kf-013 for Kudler Fine Foods.

Define the scope and stakeholders associated with the project.

Identify the preliminary assignments and tasks for each group member.

Create a detailed outline for each section of the paper.

Draft the first 4-6 page section of the due in Week Five. Include the following:

Statement of Scope and Goals: Specify what functions will be included in the project. Identify the goals—include accomplishments, not a solution.

Supporting Measures for Success: Specify tangible measures for determining the relative degree of success of the completed project. The measures must correlate with the goals specified in the first section of this deliverable.

Learning Team Assignment: Service Request SR-kf-013 (Due Week Five)

Draft the next 4-6 page section of the due in Week Five. This should include:

Determination of Requirements: Identify specific analysis methods used to determine user needs.

List of Confirmed Requirements: Categorize each system requirement identified for the Week Two deliverable as mandatory or optional.

Proposed System Process View: Provide a flowchart of the proposed process.

Functional Allocation Modeling: Specify how each proposed system function would be allocated in terms of the required hardware, software, and Human-Computer Interface (HCI).

Logical Model of the System: Provide a high-level logical data flow diagram of the proposed system.

Learning Team Assignment: Service Request SR-kf-013 (Due Week Five)

Draft the next 4-6 page section of due in Week Five. This must include:

Preliminary Design Model: Provide a diagram that illustrates the overall logical information architecture.

Design Trade-off Approach: Specify the tradeoffs among cost, schedule, and performance. For example, a fast, inexpensive solution may not address performance requirements adequately.

Detailed Design Process and Design Specifications: Specify separate recommended decisions for software design, hardware, and networks. Include resolution of HCI considerations.

Physical Model of the System: Illustrate the recommended decisions in information architecture diagrams.

Begin work on the PowerPoint presentation.

Learning Team Assignment: Service Request SR-kf-013

Draft the final 4-6 page section of the paper. This should include:

Testing Process Summary: Define a test plan or script that identifies major software functionality and hardware to be tested along with the required outcomes.

Installation Process and Training Plan Summary: Provide a time line that identifies the specific steps—including training—and related resources required to implement the recommended system. Include a narrative explanation that includes a discussion on the effects of project constraints, such as time, conversion method, etc. and a description of the recommended training plan.

Documentation Plan Summary: Specify and explain each type of documentation required for ongoing support—technical and user—of the proposed system.

Support and Maintenance Plan Summary: Provide a plan that outlines responsibilities and related resources necessary to support and maintain the proposed system—software, hardware, and networks.

Finalize the paper.

Finalize the PowerPoint presentation.

Definition

Term

BSA 400 Entire Course

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bsa-400-entire-course/

BSA 400 Week 1 DQ 1

BSA 400 Week 1 DQ 2

BSA 400 Week 1 Individual Assignment Business Proposal and Project

BSA 400 Week 2 DQ 1

BSA 400 Week 2 DQ 2

BSA 400 Week 2 Individual Assignment Assessment of Enterprise Level Business Systems Paper

BSA 400 Week 3 DQ 1

BSA 400 Week 3 DQ 2

BSA 400 Week 3 Individual Assignment Design Enterprise Level Business System Paper

BSA 400 Week 4 DQ 1

BSA 400 Week 4 DQ 2

BSA 400 Week 4 Individual Assignment Implementation of Enterprise Level Business System

BSA 400 Week 5 DQ 1

BSA 400 Week 5 DQ 2

BSA 400 Week 5 Enterprise Level Business Project Paper and Presentation

BSA 400 Week 5 Enterprise Level Business Project Paper and Presentation

Definition

Term

BSA 411 Complete Class ( UOP)

Click the link below to Purchase

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bsa-411-complete-class/

Visit our website: http://hwminute.com/

BSA 411 Entire Class Wk 1-5

BSA 411 Week 1 Discussion Questions

BSA 411 Week 2 Business Application System Proposal

BSA 411 Week 2 Discussion Questions

BSA 411 Week 3 Discussion Questions

BSA 411 Week 3 Modeling Methodologies

BSA 411 Week 4 Discussion Questions

BSA 411 Week 4 Process Analysis and System Concept Development

BSA 411 Week 5 Discussion Questions

BSA 411 Week 5 Final Paper – Business System Analysis Methodology Plan

BSA 411 Week 5 Final ( PPT )

Definition

Term

BSA 500 Complete Course All Weeks 1-6 DQS & Assignments

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bsa-500-complete-course-weeks-1-6-dqs-assignments/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com

BSA 500 Entire Course

BSA 500 Complete Course Material

BSA 500 Week 1 DQ 1

Imagine you are starting a new business, expecting to have about $100,000 in personal or family capital and another $200,000 borrowed, say from a bank, Small Bus Admin (federal government) or an angel investor. How would you form this business venture (i.e. structure as per text Chapter 5)? Defend your choice!

BSA 500 Week 1 DQ 2

Consider the business you chose for DQ1, and that you are almost ready to launch the business; including yourself (as a working owner) and three of your most important subordinates, describe each’s role in management (if any) and why you made that choice, considering the four basic functions of management discussed in Chapter 7 of the text.

BSA 500 Week 2 DQ 1

Consider economics at large (or macroeconomics, as explained in the text) and describe what you learned that you believe to be very important economic influences on your existing (or contemplated future) business/firm.

Then, comment on the current economy and comment on how that impacts both the evolution of IT and also the health of businesses in the IT provider world.

What does an IT manager (or any manager charged with making IT decisions) need to focus on in today’s economy?

BSA 500 Week 2 DQ 2

What are the implications of both the global economic structure differences and different global laws for IT managers in global businesses? (or for U.S. businesses that sell to global customers).

BSA 500 Week 3 DQ 1

After reading the text and considering your own organization (or another one you are very familiar with), describe the needs of the accounting department as to data gathering/reporting/controlling functions of accounting. (You might want to consider interviewing or talking to either accounting professionals in your organization and/or IT developers with knowledge on same.)

Be detailed and specific; for example, if property and asset accounting are very important in your line of business, focus on those particular needs and explain why that functionality is so important. Then, consider whether the existing IT application(s) are fulfilling that need for the organization. Maybe even describe the application software in more detail.

BSA 500 Week 3 DQ 2

Considering your knowledge from the DQ5 discussions (both what you learned in your own research and what you learned from others), describe some of the commercial accounting software applications on the market that would provide the functionality identified by you (and others) as very important for your organization.

BSA 500 Week 4 DQ 1

Given the business you are in (or perhaps one you want to be in), what are the key financial ratios for your industry? Specifically (if you can), give the real ratio and your interpretation of same. Also, how would you find averages for your business so you can compare your organization to others in the same business. (N.B. you have to do this for an assignment also.)

BSA 500 Week 4 DQ 2

While they have their limitations, for well over a hundred years, we have used a number of core financial ratios to analyze business. While these can be easily created with some simple math from core financial statements, there are many front-end application systems that also do that work for you and can present the information in a ‘dashboard’ style to managers.

Comment on these applications: would you create your own? Using what? What commercial systems are out there? Have any experience with them? Can you contribute to the class by researching some of them?

BSA 500 Week 5 DQ 1

Now that you are begining to understand and the use of financial ratios, consider and comment on below:

1. Are they 100% reliable for significant business decisions?
2. How important is history?
3. Which ratios most make sense in a historical perspective?
4. Which ones are important regardless of history?
5. What, if anything, might they tell us about the need for information systems?

BSA 500 Week 5 DQ 2

What have you learned about the potential variations in key financial ratios according to the industry?

Are there some more specialized ratios for certain types of businesses? (What are they? Why are they specific to a particular industry?)

Does comparing key financial ratios in one firm to the industry average (which you are doing for your Individual assignment this week) make sense?

What have you learned about the potential variations in key financial ratios according to the industry?

BSA 500 Week 6 DQ 1

Now that you’ve done some Research over the last few weeks on sources for company and industry information, describe how best to stay current with IT applications and technology for use in the finance and accounting world.

For any links you report about, be sure to post the hypertext links for the benefits of your fellow students. Also, be sure to use the University’s extensive library for some of your sources. You can include general financial sources, like EDGAR, or specific industry segment sources, or varied government sources (Like U.S. Dept of commerce,federal Reserve, Banks, etc.) and you should include industry organizations, like the National Retail federation (NRF).

BSA 500 Complete Course Assignments

BSA 500 Week 2 Individual-Virtual Organizations Table – Part I

BSA 500 Week 2 LT Project-Introduction to Riordan Manufacturing

BSA 500 Week 3 Individual- Virtual Organizations Table – Part II

BSA 500 Week 3 LT Project-Riordan+Manufacturfacturing Accounting Modules

BSA 500 Week 4 Individual-BalanceSheet & Income Stmt Commentary

BSA 500 Week 4 LT Project PPT Draft-Riordan Manufacturing Account Software Modules

BSA 500 Week 5 Individual-Financial Ratios

BSA 500 Week 5 LT Project Final PPT- RoirdanManufacturing

BSA 500 Week 6 LT Project Final LT Paper- Riordan

Definition

Term

BSHS 452 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bshs-452-entire-course-version-2-program-design-proposal-writing/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

BSHS 452 Complete Course Material

BSHS 452 Week 1 Complete DQs

What are the components of a complete grant proposal? Please provide a brief description or summary of each component. Describe which component you feel would be the most difficult to complete and why.

Why is critical to complete both an organizational and community needs and strengths assessment? What would you do if the two assessments were not compatible?

BSHS 452 Week 1 Summary

BSHS 452 Week 2 Complete DQ

In preparing the evaluation section of a proposal, what questions should you ask yourself?

What do you see as the most critical elements of an evaluation plan and how would you apply these?

What are qualitative and quantitative evaluation methods? Define and explain their differences.

How do you determine which type of evaluation method you would use?

Explain the concept of “Chasing Mission, Not Money.” How does program evaluation relate to program design?

BSHS 452 Week 2 Individual Worksheet 3.1A

BSHS 452 Week 2 Summary

BSHS 452 Week 2 Team Assignment Assessment Process and Needs Statement

BSHS 452 Week 3 Complete DQ

What is the definition of a goal? What is the definition of an objective?

Please provide an example of each (either for a personal or work related).

What is the purpose of the sustainability component of the proposal?

What goes into the sustainability component of the proposal?

For the sustainability component of the proposal, what are some potential sources of future funding?

Explain the design components and strategies of effective proposal budgets.

Explain the match between human service agency goals and funding guidelines. Why is this match critical?

Explain what an RFP is and when you might see one.

Generate a list of at least two potential compatible funding sources (from online) for your program or project that you are working with in your Learning Team Assignment). Use APA when listing the sources.

Explain the design components and strategies of effective proposal budgets.

Explain the match between human service agency goals and funding guidelines. Why is this match critical?

Explain what an RFP is and when you might see one.

BSHS 452 Week 3 Summar

BSHS 452 Week 3 Individual Worksheet 5.1A Methods Exercise

BSHS 452 Week 3 Team Program Design and Timeline and Program Evaluation

BSHS 452 Week 4 Complete DQ

Every part of a grant proposal should be written with the goal of furthering your organization’s mission. How can the budget promote your organization’s mission?

What part do technical writing skills play in acquiring grant funding? What processes would you use to assure that the grant is written well prior to submitting?

What is a logic model? How can a logic model help keep your grant proposal consistent?

BSHS 452 Week 4 Summary

BSHS 452 Week 4 Team Proposal Budget

BSHS 452 Week 4 Team Proposal Goals and Objectives

BSHS 452 Week 5 Complete DQ

Funder’s typically use a process termed “Due Diligence” when reviewing grant proposals. Research this term and discuss in detail what you believe it to mean, why and how it would be used by a funding reviewer.

What aspect(s) of the grant proposal was the most difficult for you? Why?

What skills did you learn during the grant proposal development process that will be useful to you in the future? How and Why?

BSHS 452 Week 5 Summary

BSHS 452 Week 5 Individual Grant Review and Evaluation

BSHS 452 Week 5 Team Final Proposal Power Point Presentation

BSHS 452 Week 5 Team Final Written Proposal

Definition

Term

BUS 210 Foundations of Business Entire Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bus-210-foundations-business-entire-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com)

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

Week One
Introduction to Business
Compare and contrast profit and profitability.·
Describe the impact of supply and demand on a market economy.·
Identify the main components of business.·
ASSIGNMENTS
1. Read objectives and welcome.
2. Read instructor’s bio and post your own bio.
Due Date: Day 1 [post to the Chat Room forum]·
3. Read Appendix A regarding the final project requirements.
4. Read Ch. 1 & 2 of the Introduction to Business text.
5. Discussion Question 1
Due Date: Day 2 [post to the Main forum]·
Post your response to the following: What makes some companies more· profitable than others? What are the similarities and differences between profit and profitability? Provide real-world examples to support your answer.
6. Discussion Question 2
Due Date: Day 4 [post to the Main forum]·
Post your response to the following: Your friend has asked you why the· price of bananas is higher during certain times of the year. Using what you have learned about the laws of supply and demand, explain to your friend how the market affects price.
Respond to your classmates’ answers by asking additional questions· that a newcomer to business might ask. Is the explanation clear? Which areas do you understand? In which areas would you like more clarification?
7. CheckPoint: Business Models and Systems
Resource: Ch. 1· & 2 of Introduction to Business
Due Date: Day 5 [post to the Individual forum]·
Consider a local business whose services you frequently use. What are· the main components of this company’s business model? Using Figure 1.2 on p. 11 of your text as a guide, describe the three components of the business system that comprise the local business you selected. Your response should be 200-300 words in length.
BUS 210 Foundations of Business
Course Syllabus Page 9
Week Two
The Changing Environment of Business
Explain the different forms of business organization.·
Describe how business has evolved from feudalism, mercantilism, and capitalism.·
ASSIGNMENTS
1. CheckPoint: Business Organization
Resource: Ch. 2 of Introduction to Business·
Due Date: Day 4 [Individual] forum·
Describe a business scenario, either real or fictional, that depicts each of the following forms of business organization:·
o Joint-stock company
o Limited liability company
o Partnership
o Sole proprietorship
Your response should be 200-300 words in length.·
2. Assignment: Evolution of Business Presentation
Resource: Ch. 2 of Introduction to Business·
Due Date: Day 7 [Individual] forum·
Create a 10- to 15-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation· describing the evolution of business. Use examples and appropriate visuals to illustrate each phase of business. Include information about the following points:
o Feudalism
o Mercantilism
o Capitalism
o Commerce
o Property rights
o The Industrial Revolution
Include detailed speaker notes, a title slide, and an APA reference slide.·
Post your presentation as a PowerPoint® attachment.·
BUS 210 Foundations of Business
Course Syllabus Page 10
Week Three
Legal and Ethical Issues in Business
Recognize the effects of ethics decisions on business.·
Compare and contrast business ethics and the law.·
ASSIGNMENTS
1. Read Ch. 3 & 5 of Introduction to Business.
2. Discussion Question 1
Due Date: Day 2 [Main] forum·
Post your response to the following: Review the Business in Action· case studies on pp. 143, 146, 154, & 159 of the text. Select one case that you find especially interesting and explain how ethics and decision-making impact the individuals involved in the scenario.
Respond to two of your classmates who selected a case study other than· the one you selected. Ask for additional information or clarification if needed. Explain why you agree or disagree with their assessment of the issues.
3. Discussion Question 2
Due Date: Day 4 [Main] forum·
Post your response to the following: If the majority of companies· strive to conduct their business ethically, why is there a need to create laws? How are ethics different from the law? How are ethics and the law the same? Support your answer with real-world examples.
4. CheckPoint: Code of Ethics
Resource: Ch. 5 of Introduction to Business·
Due Date: Day 5 [Individual] forum·
Imagine that you are starting your own company. What will be the· ethical code of your company? In a 200- to 300-word response, draft an ethical code of conduct listing the rules and principles that your company will use in decision-making.
Provide a brief explanation of why you selected each rule and/or principle.·
BUS 210 Foundations of Business
Course Syllabus Page 11
Week Four
The Human Side of Business
Describe the roles and behaviors of entrepreneurs, managers, and employees.·
Outline the four functions of management.·
Examine a business plan using SWOT analysis.·
ASSIGNMENTS
1. CheckPoint 1: Roles and Behaviors
Throughout this course you will examine various aspects of business by creating a fictional business. You will use the business you created to explore how the different functions of business can impact a company.
Resource: Ch. 3 of Introduction to Business, Appendix B·
Due Date: Day 3 [Individual] forum·
Complete Appendix B by writing a paragraph explaining your fictional· company. Then, describe the main roles and behaviors of the entrepreneurs, managers, and employees your company might have. After you have completed the table, answer the following question: What behaviors and attitudes should be cultivated in your organization?
Post Appendix B as an attachment.·
2. CheckPoint 2: Four Functions of Management
Resource: Ch. 3 of Introduction to Business, Appendix C·
Due Date: Day 5 [Individual] forum·
Review the four main functions of management (planning, organizing, leading, and controlling) on pp. 78-82 of the text.·
Consider a time when you were tasked with management, such as in the workplace, at home, or coordinating a party.·
Use Appendix C to describe your event and categorize your actions under each of the four functions of management.·
Post Appendix C as an attachment.·
3. Assignment: SWOT Analysis
Resources: Ch. 3 of Introduction to Business·
Due Date: Day 7 [Individual] forum·
Select a sample business plan from the list your instructor provides.·
Research your sample business plan at http://www.bplans.com/Sample_Business_Plans/.·
Use the example on p. 97 of the text as a guide.·
Conduct a SWOT analysis of the sample business plan you selected.·
Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper in APA format explaining the business· plan you selected and your SWOT analysis discussing the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats of the company you chose.
Post your paper as a Microsoft® Word attachment.·
BUS 210 Foundations of Business
Course Syllabus Page 12
Week Five
Leadership
Discuss the components of persuasive communication.·
Explain the types of political tactics used in business.·
Summarize the major components of the contingency theory of leadership.·
ASSIGNMENTS
1. Read Ch. 6, 7, & 8 of Introduction to Business.
2. Discussion Question 1
Due Date: Day 2 [Main] forum·
Post your response to the following: Consider the different types of· communication described on p. 194 of the text. What types of communication would be most effective in persuading groups in an organization, including trainers, employees, programmers, and managers? Why?
Review your classmates’ responses. Do you agree or disagree with their· selections? If you disagree, let them know why. If you agree, provide an additional example of why their selections would work.
3. Discussion Question 2
Due Date: Day 4 [Main] forum·
Post your response to the following: Review the political tactics used· by organizations described on pp. 196-197 of the text. Have you experienced any of these tactics in your workplace or have you heard anyone describe a situation in their workplace in which they experienced a political tactic? Describe the situation and the political tactic.
Respond to a classmate who has described a different political tactic· than the one you chose. Describe how the outcome of the situation would have been different if a different political tactic had been applied.
4. CheckPoint: Contingency Theory of Leadership
Resource: Ch. 6 of Introduction to Business, Appendix D·
Due Date: Day 5 [Individual] forum·
Use figures 6.3· & 6.4 on pp. 182-183 as a guide to complete Appendix D, basing your answers on a real or hypothetical work environment.
Describe the components of the contingency theory of leadership as it· applies to the work environment you selected. Conclude with your recommendation for the best leadership approach.
Post Appendix D as an attachment.·
BUS 210 Foundations of Business
Course Syllabus Page 13
Week Six
Organizational Behavior and Culture
Identify theories of work motivation.·
Identify the characteristics of high-performing groups and teams.·
Compare and contrast different types of organizational structure.·
Explain how organizational culture can impact a business.·
ASSIGNMENTS
1. CheckPoint: Motivation and Teams Case Study
Resource: Ch. 7 of Introduction to Business·
Due Date: Day 4 [Individual] forum·
Read the two case studies on pp. 233-236 of the text.·
Answer the following in a 200- to 300-word response:·
o What motivation theories can be found in each case study?
o Describe the theories found in each case study and cite specific examples.
o What was each business owner’s approach to creating high-performing teams within their company?
2. Assignment: Job Fair Brochure
Resource: Introduction to Business·
Due Date: Day 7 [Individual] forum·
Continue to explore the hypothetical company you created in Week Four.· You have set up a booth at the local job fair to generate interest in your new company and search for prospective employees.
Create a one-page brochure describing your company’s structure, business model, and culture.·
Write a 500- to 750-word paper in APA format describing the structure,· business model, and culture you selected. Provide justification for why you selected each element and explain how your choice will impact your business.
Post your brochure and paper as an attachment.·
BUS 210 Foundations of Business
Course Syllabus Page 14
Week Seven
Human Resource Management
Explain the ways that human resource management impacts a business.·
ASSIGNMENTS
1. Read Ch. 9, 12, & 13 of Introduction to Business.
2. Discussion Question 1
Due Date: Day 2 [Main] forum·
Post your response to the following: There are many ways that a· company can motivate its employees. Consider the different types of pay and benefits described on pp. 420-423 of the text. What type of incentive do you think is most effective for creating a motivating work environment? Why?
3. Discussion Question 2
Your instructor will assign you one of the five areas of human resources management to discuss.
Due Date: Day 4 [Main] forum·
Post your response to the following: Imagine that you work in the· human resources (HR) department of a medium-sized company. Your manager has asked you to brainstorm ways to improve one of the five areas of human resource management in your company. Assuming that all five areas are currently functioning at an equal level, what type of improvement would you implement in your assigned area? What impact do you think the improvement will have on your business?
Respond to your classmates by considering the implications of their· suggested HR improvement. Do you have any recommendations that would expand on their ideas? Are there any negative implications to their suggested HR improvement?
4. CheckPoint: The Impact of HRM
Resource: Ch. 13 of Introduction to Business·
Due Date: Day 5 [Individual] forum·
Respond to the following scenario: Your manager has asked you to draft· a proposal for improving the management of human resources in your company. Describe the best ideas for improvement presented in the brainstorm session from Discussion Question 2. Select the best ideas from at least two of the different areas discussed. What are the different ways that changes to these areas would impact a business? Explain your answer in a 200-300 word response.
BUS 210 Foundations of Business
Course Syllabus Page 15
Week Eight
Technology, Goods, and Services
Identify standard IT applications used in business.·
Describe the typical hardware and software components of business technology.·
Examine the effects and costs of operations and material management in business.·
ASSIGNMENTS
1. CheckPoint 1: IT Applications Presentation
Resource: Ch. 9 of Introduction to Business·
Due Date: Day 3 [Individual] forum·
Create a 5- to 7-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation to teach your fellow students about the following IT applications:·
o Transaction processing systems
o Knowledge management systems
o Expert system and artificial intelligence
o Enterprise resource planning systems
o E-commerce systems
Include detailed speaker notes and examples.·
Post your presentation as an attachment.·
2. CheckPoint 2: Hardware/Software Components
Resource: Ch. 9 of Introduction to Business, Appendix E·
Due Date: Day 5 [Individual] forum·
Complete the table in Appendix E by describing the uses of following hardware and software components:·
o Legacy systems
o Mainframe computers
o Microprocessors
o PCs
o Network computers
o World Wide Web and the Internet
o Wired and wireless broadband technology
o PC software
o Networking software
o Computer security software
Post Appendix E as an attachment.·
3. Assignment: Developing Good Business Sense
Resources: Ch. 12 of Introduction to Business·
Due Date: Day 7 [Individual] forum·
Read the Developing Good Business Sense activity on p. 394 of the text.·
Answer questions 1-4 from the activity in a 700- to 1,050-word paper in APA format.·
Post your paper as a Microsoft® Word attachment.·
BUS 210 Foundations of Business
Course Syllabus Page 16
Week Nine
The Big Picture
Identify career paths within the business environment.·
Create a portfolio based on core business principles.·
ASSIGNMENTS
1. Capstone Discussion Question
Due Date: Day 3 [Main] forum·
Post your response to the following: What career paths are of interest· to you? How has the information presented in this course influenced your thoughts about your personal career path? What insights or reactions do you have concerning what you now know about the field of business?
2. Final Project: Business Portfolio Presentation
Resource: Appendix A·
Due Date: Day 7 [Individual] forum·
Review the CheckPoints and assignments you completed throughout the course.·
Create a 10- to 15-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation of· information about the fictional company you created in Week Four. You can use text, charts, tables, and visuals to detail the different areas of business found within your company. Include information on the following topics:
o Business organization
o Potential legal or ethical issues
o Business culture
o Types of motivation
o Human resource management
o Technology
o Operations and materials management
Include detailed speaker notes, a title slide, and an APA reference slide.·
Post your final presentation as a Microsoft® PowerPoint® attachment·

Definition

Term

BUS 698 Entire Course Week 1-6

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/bus-698-entire-course-week-1-6/

Week 1 Assignment Case Analysis

Week 1 DQ 1 Alignment

Week 1 DQ 2

Week 2 Assignment Global Strategy

Week 2 DQ 1 Value Chain

Week 2 DQ 2 Supply Chain Risk

Week 3 Assignment Lean Thinking

Week 3 DQ 1 Speed to Market

Week 3 DQ 2 Time and Logistics

Week 4 DQ 1 Manufacturing

Week 4 DQ 2 Quick Response Logistics

Week 4 manufacturers and customers relations

Week 5 DQ 1 Strategic Partnerships

Week 5 DQ 2 Supply Base Rationalism

Week 6 DQ 1 3PL

Week 6 DQ 2 Leading Edge Supply Strategy

Week 6 Final Paper

Definition

Term

CIS 336 Week 1-7 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cis-336-week-1-7-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CIS 336 Week 1-7 Complete Course

Definition

Term

CJA 324 Complete Course Material Version 3

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cja-324-complete-course-material-version-3/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com)

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

Week One: Ethics and the Criminal Justice Practitioner

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

1.1   Explain the importance of ethics to the criminal justice practitioner.1.2   Distinguish between morality, ethics, duties, and values.1.3   Explain common theories related to ethics in criminal justice.

1.4   Analyze ethical decision-making processes.

Reading

Read the Week One Read Me First.

Reading

Read Ch. 1 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 2 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 3 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read this week’s Electronic Reserve Readings.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

4 of 7 days

1

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

DQ1 due day 3DQ 2 due day 5

3

Learning Team InstructionsLearning Team Charter

Select Learning Team members who work together throughout the course.Create the Learning Team Charter.

Day 7

Learning Team InstructionsWeekly Team Review

Review the Week One objectives and discuss insights and questions you may have.

Learning Team InstructionsEthical Decision-Making Paper (Preparation)

Begin working on the Ethical Decision-Making Paper due in Week Two.

IndividualEthics Awareness Inventory

Complete the Ethics Awareness Inventory (EAI), located on the student website, in preparation for the Week Two Learning Team assignment.Submit a copy of your test results to your instructor and be prepared to discuss them.

To copy your test results, press Ctrl+Alt+PrtScn.

Press Ctrl+V to paste your results into a Microsoft Word® document.

Day 7

5

IndividualEthical Dilemma Paper

Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper in which you discuss an ethical dilemma from a current story in the news. Address the following in your paper:

The nature of the dilemma

The ethical decision made

Alternative courses of action and why

The outcome of the situation

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.

Day 7

10

Week Two: Ethics in Policing

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

2.1   Explain the role of law enforcement and law enforcement subculture.2.2   Identify ethical issues involved in police procedures.2.3   Analyze the limits of discretion and corresponding duties for law enforcement.

2.4   Identify forms of corruption and methods to reduce corruption and unethical policing procedures.

Reading

Read the Week Two Read Me First.

Reading

Read Ch. 4 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 5 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 6 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 7 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read this week’s Electronic Reserve Readings.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

4 of 7 days

1

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

DQ 1 due day 3DQ 2 due day 5

3

Nongraded Activities and PreparationWeek Two CJi Interactive

Complete the following Learning Modules in CJi Interactive, located on the student website:

Ch. 7: The Police Issues and Challenges

o   Ethics and Corruption

Learning Team InstructionsLearning Team Charter

Submit the Learning Team Charter.

Day 3

Learning Team InstructionsWeekly Team Review

Review the Week Two objectives and discuss insights and questions you may have.

Learning Team InstructionsEthics Issue Presentation (Preparation)

Begin working on the Ethics Issue Presentation due in Week Three.

IndividualEthical Dilemma Worksheet: Law Enforcement

Complete the blank University of Phoenix Material: Ethical Dilemma Worksheet by referring to the University of Phoenix Material: Law Enforcement Scenario, located on the student website.

Day 7

10

Learning TeamEthical Decision Making Paper

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word paper describing each team member’s ethical learning style from the EAI, which was due in Week One.Include the following in your paper:

How each style relates to the criminal justice field and how it relates to being part of a team

How you work with people with different styles

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.

Day 7

5

Week Three: Ethical Concerns and Obligations of Defense Attorneys, Prosecutors, and Judges

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

3.1   Identify the codes of professional ethics that lawyers are bound to by various statutes and regulations.3.2   Describe the roles of the criminal defense attorney, prosecutor, and judge.3.3   Compare the ethical duties and responsibilities of the defense attorney and prosecutor.

3.4   Explain the judicial ethics imposed on members of the judiciary.

3.5   Analyze judicial use of discretion and its abuses.

Reading

Read the Week Three Read Me First.

Reading

Read Ch. 8 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 9 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 10 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 11 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read this week’s Electronic Reserve Readings.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

4 of 7 days

1

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

D! 1 due day 3 DQ 2 due day 5

3

Nongraded Activities and PreparationWeek Three CJi Interactive

Complete the following Learning Modules in CJi Interactive, located on the student website:

Ch. 9: Pre-Trial Activities and the Criminal Trial

o   Rights at Trial

o   Jury Deliberation

Learning Team InstructionsWeekly Team Review

Review the Week Three objectives and discuss insights and questions you may have.

Learning Team InstructionsEthical Scrapbook: Part I(Preparation)

Begin working on the Ethical Scrapbook: Part I assignment, due in Week Four.

IndividualEthical Dilemma Worksheet: Prosecutors

Complete the blank University of Phoenix Material: Ethical Dilemma Worksheet by referring to the University of Phoenix Material: Prosecutors Scenario, located on the student website.

Day 7

10

Learning TeamEthics Issue Presentation

Read the instructions in the University of Phoenix Material: Ethics Issue Presentation, located on the student website, and select one of the following options to complete the assignment.

Option 1: Law Enforcement Ethics

Option 2: Defense Attorney Ethics

Option 3: Prosecution Ethics

Option 4: Correction Ethics

Day 7

5

Week Four: Ethical Behavior of Probation, Parole, and Correctional OfficersThe Ethics of Corrections

Details

Due

Points

Definition

CJA 324 Complete Course Material Version 3

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cja-324-complete-course-material-version-3/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com)

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

Week One: Ethics and the Criminal Justice Practitioner

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

1.1   Explain the importance of ethics to the criminal justice practitioner.1.2   Distinguish between morality, ethics, duties, and values.1.3   Explain common theories related to ethics in criminal justice.

1.4   Analyze ethical decision-making processes.

Reading

Read the Week One Read Me First.

Reading

Read Ch. 1 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 2 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 3 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read this week’s Electronic Reserve Readings.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

4 of 7 days

1

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

DQ1 due day 3DQ 2 due day 5

3

Learning Team InstructionsLearning Team Charter

Select Learning Team members who work together throughout the course.Create the Learning Team Charter.

Day 7

Learning Team InstructionsWeekly Team Review

Review the Week One objectives and discuss insights and questions you may have.

Learning Team InstructionsEthical Decision-Making Paper (Preparation)

Begin working on the Ethical Decision-Making Paper due in Week Two.

IndividualEthics Awareness Inventory

Complete the Ethics Awareness Inventory (EAI), located on the student website, in preparation for the Week Two Learning Team assignment.Submit a copy of your test results to your instructor and be prepared to discuss them.

To copy your test results, press Ctrl+Alt+PrtScn.

Press Ctrl+V to paste your results into a Microsoft Word® document.

Day 7

5

IndividualEthical Dilemma Paper

Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper in which you discuss an ethical dilemma from a current story in the news. Address the following in your paper:

The nature of the dilemma

The ethical decision made

Alternative courses of action and why

The outcome of the situation

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.

Day 7

10

Week Two: Ethics in Policing

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

2.1   Explain the role of law enforcement and law enforcement subculture.2.2   Identify ethical issues involved in police procedures.2.3   Analyze the limits of discretion and corresponding duties for law enforcement.

2.4   Identify forms of corruption and methods to reduce corruption and unethical policing procedures.

Reading

Read the Week Two Read Me First.

Reading

Read Ch. 4 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 5 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 6 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 7 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read this week’s Electronic Reserve Readings.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

4 of 7 days

1

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

DQ 1 due day 3DQ 2 due day 5

3

Nongraded Activities and PreparationWeek Two CJi Interactive

Complete the following Learning Modules in CJi Interactive, located on the student website:

Ch. 7: The Police Issues and Challenges

o   Ethics and Corruption

Learning Team InstructionsLearning Team Charter

Submit the Learning Team Charter.

Day 3

Learning Team InstructionsWeekly Team Review

Review the Week Two objectives and discuss insights and questions you may have.

Learning Team InstructionsEthics Issue Presentation (Preparation)

Begin working on the Ethics Issue Presentation due in Week Three.

IndividualEthical Dilemma Worksheet: Law Enforcement

Complete the blank University of Phoenix Material: Ethical Dilemma Worksheet by referring to the University of Phoenix Material: Law Enforcement Scenario, located on the student website.

Day 7

10

Learning TeamEthical Decision Making Paper

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word paper describing each team member’s ethical learning style from the EAI, which was due in Week One.Include the following in your paper:

How each style relates to the criminal justice field and how it relates to being part of a team

How you work with people with different styles

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.

Day 7

5

Week Three: Ethical Concerns and Obligations of Defense Attorneys, Prosecutors, and Judges

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

3.1   Identify the codes of professional ethics that lawyers are bound to by various statutes and regulations.3.2   Describe the roles of the criminal defense attorney, prosecutor, and judge.3.3   Compare the ethical duties and responsibilities of the defense attorney and prosecutor.

3.4   Explain the judicial ethics imposed on members of the judiciary.

3.5   Analyze judicial use of discretion and its abuses.

Reading

Read the Week Three Read Me First.

Reading

Read Ch. 8 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 9 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 10 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read Ch. 11 of Justice, Crime, and Ethics.

Reading

Read this week’s Electronic Reserve Readings.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

4 of 7 days

1

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

D! 1 due day 3 DQ 2 due day 5

3

Nongraded Activities and PreparationWeek Three CJi Interactive

Complete the following Learning Modules in CJi Interactive, located on the student website:

Ch. 9: Pre-Trial Activities and the Criminal Trial

o   Rights at Trial

o   Jury Deliberation

Learning Team InstructionsWeekly Team Review

Review the Week Three objectives and discuss insights and questions you may have.

Learning Team InstructionsEthical Scrapbook: Part I(Preparation)

Begin working on the Ethical Scrapbook: Part I assignment, due in Week Four.

IndividualEthical Dilemma Worksheet: Prosecutors

Complete the blank University of Phoenix Material: Ethical Dilemma Worksheet by referring to the University of Phoenix Material: Prosecutors Scenario, located on the student website.

Day 7

10

Learning TeamEthics Issue Presentation

Read the instructions in the University of Phoenix Material: Ethics Issue Presentation, located on the student website, and select one of the following options to complete the assignment.

Option 1: Law Enforcement Ethics

Option 2: Defense Attorney Ethics

Option 3: Prosecution Ethics

Option 4: Correction Ethics

Day 7

5

Week Four: Ethical Behavior of Probation, Parole, and Correctional OfficersThe Ethics of Corrections

Details

Due

Points

Term

CJS 230 Complete Course All Weeks DQs & Assignments

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cjs-230-complete-course-weeks-dqs-assignments/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

week2 Assignment The Role of Sentencing in Corrections (PPT)

week 1 checkpoint 20th Century Penitentiary Systems

week 1 DQs

week 2 checkpoint Sentencing Objectives

week 3 checkpoint Appendix B

week 3 DQs

week 4 assignment Prisons Systems

week 4 checkpoint appendix c

week 5 checkpoint Sociological Aspects of Prison Life

week 5 DQs

Week 6 Assignment Prisoner Rights

Week 6 CheckPoint 1 Special Needs Prisoner

week 6 checkpoint 2 Special Needs Prisoners 2

week 7 checkpoint Rehabilitation Programs

week 7 DQs

week 8 assignment Probation   1

week 8 checkpoint Intermediary Sanctions and Community Correction

week 9 capstone DQ

week 9 final A World Apart   1

Definition

CJS 230 Complete Course All Weeks DQs & Assignments

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cjs-230-complete-course-weeks-dqs-assignments/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

week2 Assignment The Role of Sentencing in Corrections (PPT)

week 1 checkpoint 20th Century Penitentiary Systems

week 1 DQs

week 2 checkpoint Sentencing Objectives

week 3 checkpoint Appendix B

week 3 DQs

week 4 assignment Prisons Systems

week 4 checkpoint appendix c

week 5 checkpoint Sociological Aspects of Prison Life

week 5 DQs

Week 6 Assignment Prisoner Rights

Week 6 CheckPoint 1 Special Needs Prisoner

week 6 checkpoint 2 Special Needs Prisoners 2

week 7 checkpoint Rehabilitation Programs

week 7 DQs

week 8 assignment Probation   1

week 8 checkpoint Intermediary Sanctions and Community Correction

week 9 capstone DQ

week 9 final A World Apart   1

Term

CJS 230 Week 1-9 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cjs-230-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CJS 230 Week 1-9 Complete Course Material

Definition

CJS 230 Week 1-9 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cjs-230-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CJS 230 Week 1-9 Complete Course Material

Term

CMGT 400 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-400-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 400 Complete Course Material

CMGT 400 Week 1 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 1 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 1 Individual Assignment Risky Situation

CMGT 400 Week 1 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report System Review

CMGT 400 Week 2 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 2 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 2 Individual Assignment Common Information Security Threats

CMGT 400 Week 3 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 3 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 3 Individual Assignment Disaster Securing and Protecting Information

CMGT 400 Week 3 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report Security Consideration

CMGT 400 Week 4 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 4 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 4 Individual Assignment The Role of Information Security Policy

CMGT 400 Week 4 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report Security Policy & Training

CMGT 400 Week 5 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 5 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 5 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report Paper

CMGT 400 Week 5 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report Presentation

Definition

CMGT 400 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-400-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 400 Complete Course Material

CMGT 400 Week 1 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 1 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 1 Individual Assignment Risky Situation

CMGT 400 Week 1 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report System Review

CMGT 400 Week 2 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 2 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 2 Individual Assignment Common Information Security Threats

CMGT 400 Week 3 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 3 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 3 Individual Assignment Disaster Securing and Protecting Information

CMGT 400 Week 3 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report Security Consideration

CMGT 400 Week 4 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 4 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 4 Individual Assignment The Role of Information Security Policy

CMGT 400 Week 4 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report Security Policy & Training

CMGT 400 Week 5 DQ 1

CMGT 400 Week 5 DQ 2

CMGT 400 Week 5 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report Paper

CMGT 400 Week 5 Team Assignment Kudler Fine Foods IT Security Report Presentation

Term

CMGT 410 (Project Planning Implementation) Version 13 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-410-project-planning-implementation-version-13-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 410 (Project Planning Implementation) Version 13 Complete Course

Week 1 DQ 1 (Integrative Project Management Processes).docx
Week 1 DQ 2 (Project Functions and Characteristics.docx
Week 1 Indivisual Assignment(Compliance System Training on New Technology).docx
Week 1 Project Proposal Executive Memo – Individual Assignment .docx
Week 2 Individual Two Day Training Session.docx
Week 2 Individual – Project Task List.mpp
Week 2 DQ 1(Accurate Budget Estimates).docx
Week 2 DQ 2 (Scope of a Project, and the Work Breakdown Schedule).docx
Week 2 Project Scope.docx
Week 2 Team Riordan Charter Approach.docx
Week 3 Individual Project Budget .mpp
Week 3 DQ 1 (Cost and Time are Extremely Important Variables).docx
Week 3 DQ 2 (Start to Finish (SF) Logical Relationship is the Dependency ).docx
Week 3 Indivisual HR Project Budget.xlsx
Week 3 Project Budget Individual Combined.docx
Week 3 Project Budget Individual.docx
Week 4 (Riordan Manufacturing HR and Systems Redesign Project) .docx
Week 4 Project Controls Individual Assignment.docx
Week 4 DQ 1(Team Performance, Working Together).docx
Week 4 DQ 2 (Ethical or Moral Boundaries for Outsourcing).docx
Week 5 Final Presentation (Riordan Manufacturing).pptx
Week 5 – Individual – Project Postmorterm Review.docx
Week 5 DQ 2(Successful Risk Management).docx
Week 5 DQ1(Flexibility According to Changing Situation).docx
Week 5 Riordan Manufacturing HR and Systems Redesign ProjectTeam Av5.docx

Definition

CMGT 410 (Project Planning Implementation) Version 13 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-410-project-planning-implementation-version-13-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 410 (Project Planning Implementation) Version 13 Complete Course

Week 1 DQ 1 (Integrative Project Management Processes).docx
Week 1 DQ 2 (Project Functions and Characteristics.docx
Week 1 Indivisual Assignment(Compliance System Training on New Technology).docx
Week 1 Project Proposal Executive Memo – Individual Assignment .docx
Week 2 Individual Two Day Training Session.docx
Week 2 Individual – Project Task List.mpp
Week 2 DQ 1(Accurate Budget Estimates).docx
Week 2 DQ 2 (Scope of a Project, and the Work Breakdown Schedule).docx
Week 2 Project Scope.docx
Week 2 Team Riordan Charter Approach.docx
Week 3 Individual Project Budget .mpp
Week 3 DQ 1 (Cost and Time are Extremely Important Variables).docx
Week 3 DQ 2 (Start to Finish (SF) Logical Relationship is the Dependency ).docx
Week 3 Indivisual HR Project Budget.xlsx
Week 3 Project Budget Individual Combined.docx
Week 3 Project Budget Individual.docx
Week 4 (Riordan Manufacturing HR and Systems Redesign Project) .docx
Week 4 Project Controls Individual Assignment.docx
Week 4 DQ 1(Team Performance, Working Together).docx
Week 4 DQ 2 (Ethical or Moral Boundaries for Outsourcing).docx
Week 5 Final Presentation (Riordan Manufacturing).pptx
Week 5 – Individual – Project Postmorterm Review.docx
Week 5 DQ 2(Successful Risk Management).docx
Week 5 DQ1(Flexibility According to Changing Situation).docx
Week 5 Riordan Manufacturing HR and Systems Redesign ProjectTeam Av5.docx

Term

CMGT 441 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-441-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 441 Entire Course Material

CMGT 441 Week 1 DQ 1,

Discuss what makes a successful information security awareness program and how a security awareness program can be one of an organization’s most powerful protection strategies,

CMGT 441 Week 1 DQ 2,

As you know, every company should have some security standards and policies. What are some of the policies that your company has to protect its system and data?,

CMGT 441 Week 2 DQ 1,

What’s data value mean? How does a company determine its data value and based on what factors/aspects?,

CMGT 441 Week 2 DQ 2,

What are some of the security areas that need to be protected? How does the security toolbox concept relate to them?,

CMGT 441 Week 2 Individual Assignment Information Security Paper,

Evaluative Writing Paper – Using various Internet sources, find an article or website on an information security topic that is of interest to you. Prepare a 1-2 page paper evaluating the article or website. Refer to the note on Evaluative Writing below.,

Evaluative Writing—requires students to take a stand on the quality of the material being evaluated. Provide an introduction, and select various aspects of the article or website. Describe each aspect, providing comments on the usefulness, validity or appropriateness of the article or website. The evaluation should provide details, examples and/or reasons for your viewpoint.,

Please follow APA formatting guidelines,

CMGT 441 Week 3 DQ 1,

Mention some of the technologies that are used by businesses to protect their data?,

CMGT 441 Week 3 DQ 2,

What do you think of e-mail observation by companies on their employee’s communication? Is this considered an invasion of an employee’s privacy?,

CMGT 441 Week 3 Individual Assignment Attack Prevention Paper,

Attack Prevention Paper – Using various Internet sources, find an article or website on attack prevention. Prepare a 2-3 page paper evaluating the article and information provided.,

Please follow APA formatting guidelines.

CMGT 441 Week 4 DQ 1,

As hackers keep thinking of new ways to attack systems, what are some of the tools that you would (or are) taking to protect your system?,

CMGT 441 Week 4 DQ 2,

As hackers keep thinking of new ways to attack systems, what are some of the tools and techniques that experts believe will keep the government on the cutting edge of security?,

CMGT 441 Week 4 Individual Assignment McBride Financial Services Paper,

McBride Financial Services Paper – Createand submit a 2-3 page security policy for McBride Financial Services, located in the Virtual Organizations. Develop a policy based on perceived needs associated within the loan department and issues in implementing online loan applications.,

Please follow APA formatting guidelines.,

CMGT 441 Week 5 DQ 1,

Every business may have internal and external security threats. What are some of the internal security concerns that a company can face and why are they greater than the threats from the outside?,

CMGT 441 Week 5 LTB Information Systems Security Review Paper,

Finalize and submit an 8-10 page Learning Team paper.,

Definition

CMGT 441 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-441-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 441 Entire Course Material

CMGT 441 Week 1 DQ 1,

Discuss what makes a successful information security awareness program and how a security awareness program can be one of an organization’s most powerful protection strategies,

CMGT 441 Week 1 DQ 2,

As you know, every company should have some security standards and policies. What are some of the policies that your company has to protect its system and data?,

CMGT 441 Week 2 DQ 1,

What’s data value mean? How does a company determine its data value and based on what factors/aspects?,

CMGT 441 Week 2 DQ 2,

What are some of the security areas that need to be protected? How does the security toolbox concept relate to them?,

CMGT 441 Week 2 Individual Assignment Information Security Paper,

Evaluative Writing Paper – Using various Internet sources, find an article or website on an information security topic that is of interest to you. Prepare a 1-2 page paper evaluating the article or website. Refer to the note on Evaluative Writing below.,

Evaluative Writing—requires students to take a stand on the quality of the material being evaluated. Provide an introduction, and select various aspects of the article or website. Describe each aspect, providing comments on the usefulness, validity or appropriateness of the article or website. The evaluation should provide details, examples and/or reasons for your viewpoint.,

Please follow APA formatting guidelines,

CMGT 441 Week 3 DQ 1,

Mention some of the technologies that are used by businesses to protect their data?,

CMGT 441 Week 3 DQ 2,

What do you think of e-mail observation by companies on their employee’s communication? Is this considered an invasion of an employee’s privacy?,

CMGT 441 Week 3 Individual Assignment Attack Prevention Paper,

Attack Prevention Paper – Using various Internet sources, find an article or website on attack prevention. Prepare a 2-3 page paper evaluating the article and information provided.,

Please follow APA formatting guidelines.

CMGT 441 Week 4 DQ 1,

As hackers keep thinking of new ways to attack systems, what are some of the tools that you would (or are) taking to protect your system?,

CMGT 441 Week 4 DQ 2,

As hackers keep thinking of new ways to attack systems, what are some of the tools and techniques that experts believe will keep the government on the cutting edge of security?,

CMGT 441 Week 4 Individual Assignment McBride Financial Services Paper,

McBride Financial Services Paper – Createand submit a 2-3 page security policy for McBride Financial Services, located in the Virtual Organizations. Develop a policy based on perceived needs associated within the loan department and issues in implementing online loan applications.,

Please follow APA formatting guidelines.,

CMGT 441 Week 5 DQ 1,

Every business may have internal and external security threats. What are some of the internal security concerns that a company can face and why are they greater than the threats from the outside?,

CMGT 441 Week 5 LTB Information Systems Security Review Paper,

Finalize and submit an 8-10 page Learning Team paper.,

Term

CMGT 442 Entire Course Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-442-entire-course-week-1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 442 Entire Course Week 1-5

CMGT 442 Complete Course Material

CMGT 442 Week 1 DQ 1,

Based on the Ledford (2010) article, what special issues must be considered for corporate data which is not fully digitized? What are the risks associated with the loss of this data? What recovery procedures do you recommend for these situations?,

CMGT 442 Week 1 DQ 2,

Based on the Barr, J. (2010) article, what special issues must be addressed for a risk management strategy that supports user-facing Web-based systems? What are the risks associated with disruption of these systems?,

CMGT 442 Week 2 DQ 1,

Based on the Keston (2008) article, how important is enterprise identity management for reducing risk throughout the enterprise? Explain why a viable risk management strategy must include, at a minimum, a solid enterprise identity management process.,

CMGT 442 Week 2 DQ 2,

Based on the Barr (2010) article, what software must be considered to provide adequate security management across the enterprise?,

CMGT 442 Week 2 Individual Assignment Huffman Trucking Security Risks,

Prepare a 3- to 5-page paper describing the considerations

necessary to address the possible security requirements and the

possible risks associated with the Benefits Elections Systems being

requested by the Service Request, SR-HT-001 for Huffman Trucking

Company.,

CMGT 442 Week 3 DQ 1,

Based on the Barr (2009) article, do you think the private sector must employ something similar to the Federal Government’s Continuity of Operations Process (COOP) as an integral part of their enterprise risk management plan? What are the major issues to consider?,

CMGT 442 Week 3 DQ 2,

Based on the Spring (2010) article, do you think the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) might provide the basis for a standard framework for enterprise risk management adaptable to the private sector? What are the major issues to consider?,

CMGT 442 Week 3 Individual Assignment Security Monitoring Tools (Huffman Trucking),

Prepare a 3- to 5-page paper describing the security monitoring

activities that should be conducted in an organization with both

internal IT (payroll, human resources, inventory, general ledger, and

so on) and e-commerce (Internet sales and marketing) applications.

The paper will include the rationale supporting each monitoringactivity you propose and any recommended course of action to be

taken when a significant risk is identified.,

CMGT 442 Week 4 DQ 1,

Based on the Ainsworth (2009) article, might an effective risk management plan be considered a process that may restore all systems, businesses, processes, facilities, and people? What are the major issues to consider?

Ainsworth, M. (2009). The business continuity planning process. Faulkner Information Services.,

CMGT 442 Week 4 DQ 2,

Based on the Barr (2007) article, what changes would you recommend for the Information Security Forum’s 2007 Standard? Which of these changes must be incorporated into the enterprise’s risk management plan?,

Barr, J. G. (2007). The standard of good practice for information security. Faulkner Information Services.,

CMGT 442 Week 4 Individual Assignment Huffman Trucking Outsourcing Risks,

Prepare a 3- to 5-page paper that identifies the possible risks to an

organization in each of the following outsourcing situations: a) the

use of an external service provider for your data storage; b) the use

of an enterprise service provider for processing information systems

applications such as a payroll, human resources, or sales order

taking; c) the use of a vendor to support your desktop computers;

and d) the use of a vendor to provide network support. The paper

will include a risk mitigation strategy for each situation. One

mitigation strategy, because of personnel and facility limitations,

cannot be proposed in the paper, because it eliminates the

outsourcing by bringing the situation in house.,

CMGT 442 Week 5 DQ 1,

Based on the Drumheller (2010) article, do you consider conducting an information security gap analysis on a regular basis an essential best practice for ensuring enterprise risk management? What are the major factors to consider when conducting an information security gap analysis?

Drumheller, R. (2010). Conducting an information security gap analysis. Faulkner Information Services.,

CMGT 442 Week 5 DQ 2,

Based on the Shaw (2009) article, why would you consider deploying an Intrusion Protection System (IPS) over an Intrusion Detection System (IDS) to enhance enterprise risk management? What are the major factors to consider when employing this technology?

Shaw, R. (2009). Intrusion prevention systems market trends. Faulkner Information Services.,

CMGT 442 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Risk Assessment Paper,

Finalize and submit the risk assessment.,

CMGT 442 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Risk Assessment Presentation,

Finalize and submit the Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation.,

Definition

CMGT 442 Entire Course Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-442-entire-course-week-1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 442 Entire Course Week 1-5

CMGT 442 Complete Course Material

CMGT 442 Week 1 DQ 1,

Based on the Ledford (2010) article, what special issues must be considered for corporate data which is not fully digitized? What are the risks associated with the loss of this data? What recovery procedures do you recommend for these situations?,

CMGT 442 Week 1 DQ 2,

Based on the Barr, J. (2010) article, what special issues must be addressed for a risk management strategy that supports user-facing Web-based systems? What are the risks associated with disruption of these systems?,

CMGT 442 Week 2 DQ 1,

Based on the Keston (2008) article, how important is enterprise identity management for reducing risk throughout the enterprise? Explain why a viable risk management strategy must include, at a minimum, a solid enterprise identity management process.,

CMGT 442 Week 2 DQ 2,

Based on the Barr (2010) article, what software must be considered to provide adequate security management across the enterprise?,

CMGT 442 Week 2 Individual Assignment Huffman Trucking Security Risks,

Prepare a 3- to 5-page paper describing the considerations

necessary to address the possible security requirements and the

possible risks associated with the Benefits Elections Systems being

requested by the Service Request, SR-HT-001 for Huffman Trucking

Company.,

CMGT 442 Week 3 DQ 1,

Based on the Barr (2009) article, do you think the private sector must employ something similar to the Federal Government’s Continuity of Operations Process (COOP) as an integral part of their enterprise risk management plan? What are the major issues to consider?,

CMGT 442 Week 3 DQ 2,

Based on the Spring (2010) article, do you think the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) might provide the basis for a standard framework for enterprise risk management adaptable to the private sector? What are the major issues to consider?,

CMGT 442 Week 3 Individual Assignment Security Monitoring Tools (Huffman Trucking),

Prepare a 3- to 5-page paper describing the security monitoring

activities that should be conducted in an organization with both

internal IT (payroll, human resources, inventory, general ledger, and

so on) and e-commerce (Internet sales and marketing) applications.

The paper will include the rationale supporting each monitoringactivity you propose and any recommended course of action to be

taken when a significant risk is identified.,

CMGT 442 Week 4 DQ 1,

Based on the Ainsworth (2009) article, might an effective risk management plan be considered a process that may restore all systems, businesses, processes, facilities, and people? What are the major issues to consider?

Ainsworth, M. (2009). The business continuity planning process. Faulkner Information Services.,

CMGT 442 Week 4 DQ 2,

Based on the Barr (2007) article, what changes would you recommend for the Information Security Forum’s 2007 Standard? Which of these changes must be incorporated into the enterprise’s risk management plan?,

Barr, J. G. (2007). The standard of good practice for information security. Faulkner Information Services.,

CMGT 442 Week 4 Individual Assignment Huffman Trucking Outsourcing Risks,

Prepare a 3- to 5-page paper that identifies the possible risks to an

organization in each of the following outsourcing situations: a) the

use of an external service provider for your data storage; b) the use

of an enterprise service provider for processing information systems

applications such as a payroll, human resources, or sales order

taking; c) the use of a vendor to support your desktop computers;

and d) the use of a vendor to provide network support. The paper

will include a risk mitigation strategy for each situation. One

mitigation strategy, because of personnel and facility limitations,

cannot be proposed in the paper, because it eliminates the

outsourcing by bringing the situation in house.,

CMGT 442 Week 5 DQ 1,

Based on the Drumheller (2010) article, do you consider conducting an information security gap analysis on a regular basis an essential best practice for ensuring enterprise risk management? What are the major factors to consider when conducting an information security gap analysis?

Drumheller, R. (2010). Conducting an information security gap analysis. Faulkner Information Services.,

CMGT 442 Week 5 DQ 2,

Based on the Shaw (2009) article, why would you consider deploying an Intrusion Protection System (IPS) over an Intrusion Detection System (IDS) to enhance enterprise risk management? What are the major factors to consider when employing this technology?

Shaw, R. (2009). Intrusion prevention systems market trends. Faulkner Information Services.,

CMGT 442 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Risk Assessment Paper,

Finalize and submit the risk assessment.,

CMGT 442 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Risk Assessment Presentation,

Finalize and submit the Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation.,

Term

CMGT 445 (Application Implimentation) Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-445-application-implimentationcourse-material-week-1-5-class-work/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 445 (Application Implimentation) Complete Course

CMGT 445 Whole Class – Latest Version

DQ 1

Integrating Domain-Specific Needs

OR

Digital World Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is the best approach to integrating domain-specific needs? Why is this approach better than others?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What makes today’s technological environment a Digital World? What is the future of human–computer interactions?

DQ 2

Evolution of Technology

OR

Bridging the Digital Divide   Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What challenges could businesses face with the constant evolution of technology?

OR

Watch the “Bridging the Digital Divide” video on your student website:

•          Why should companies consider the digital divide?

Learning Team Instructions

Business Case for Investment (Preparation)        Begin working on the Business Case for Investment assignment due in Week Three.

Write a 1,400- to 1750-word paper describing how to formulate and present the business case for technology investments.

Include the following information:

•          Prototyping environments and processes

•          Testing design to include procedures and standards

•          Sources of accessibility

•          Integration

Include at least 3 to 5 references, including the textbook and course materials

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Individual

Assignment

Programmatic Assessment   Complete the programmatic assessment by clicking the link on your student website. Remember to print screen a copy of your completion and insert that screen print into a Word document and post to confirm completion of the survey.

DQ 1

Competitive Advantage

OR

Technology Innovation         Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What competitive advantage does technology give to business? How does aging hardware affect this advantage?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is the importance of organizational decision roles to technology innovation?

DQ 2

Select a recent peer-reviewed article, no more than 1-year old, related to the weekly topics, discussed in the course notes posted in the materials thread or the headings found on the main site of our classroom. The minimum word count is 200, see the course policies for additional direction on substantive posts.

Perform a critical review of the article by providing a brief summary and assessment of the article.

Format the response with the correct APA reference format of the article at the beginning of your post, with all the correct citations throughout the article as necessary.

Individual

Managerial Issues     Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper discussing managerial issues associated with managing an organization’s IS infrastructure.

Include the following:

•          Information related to configuration management and preventative maintenance

•          Industry standards in configuration management and control

•          Training approaches to allow for adaptive maintenance and confidence.

•          The effect of globalization on managing and IS infrastructure

Cite 3 to 5 sources, including the textbook and course materials.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Learning Team

Rough Draft   Create a draft of your business case for investment, due in Week Three.

•          Include a references page with 3 to 5 references formatted consistent with APA guidelines.

•          Prepare an outline of the business case for technology investments.

•          Note sources of accessibility and the different prototyping environments and processes.

Format your draft paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Enterprise Systems

OR

Enterprise Resource Planning         Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is an enterprise system and how can this design support testing processes?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What are some of the limitations to ERP for enterprise business solutions?

DQ 2

Commercial vs. Custom

OR

User Roles      Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What advantages does commercial off-the-shelf software provide over custom software?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What role do users have in the development phase and integration phase for information systems?

Individual

Assignment

Article Review            Select a recent peer-reviewed article, no more than 1-year old, related to the weekly topic.

Perform a critical review of the article by providing a brief summary and assessment of the article using a minimum of 500 words.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Learning Team

Business Case for Investment         Write a 1,400- to 1750-word paper describing how to formulate and present the business case for technology investments.

Include the following information:

•          Prototyping environments and processes

•          Testing design to include procedures and standards

•          Sources of accessibility

•          Integration

Include at least 3 to 5 references, including the textbook and course materials.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Business Intelligence

OR

Dashboards   Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What does BI provide when performing a strategic upgrade on technology core systems?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Does a business dashboard for technology help improve decision making? Explain your answer.

DQ 2

Supply Chain Management

OR

Strategic Global Vision          Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Developing a strong SCM process to match IS system upgrades would provide what advantage(s)? What would such a process look like?

OR

Watch the “Strategic Global Vision” video.

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What role does technology have in social responsibility?

Individual

Assignment

Implementation Plan            Resource: University of Phoenix Material: Implementation Plan Template (to be used as a guideline).

Create an implementation plan for your organization or an organization of your choosing (remember to introduce the organization and the purpose for your project through a problem statement clearly.)

Include the following:

•          Business strategies for implementation

•          Both technology and human based safeguards used for information systems

•          Information comparing security requirements of out-sourcing and in-sourcing

•          Timelines and the need for their accuracy

•          Reference page

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, .

Learning Team

Professional Association Presentation (preparation)       Begin working on the Professional Associates Presentation due in Week Five.

Compile a list of at least two organizations per team member, including their websites and an overview of the organization. Remember to include an introduction and conclusion of the material presented in the deliverable this week.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Interview Techniques

OR

Professional Organizations Watch the “Interview” video found on the student media website.

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What interview techniques do companies employ? From your experience, have you been in an interview when these were used? Describe the differences and the approach to being successful at them.

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Why are professional organizations important to continual learning? What professional organizations benefit both the employee and the employer?

Individual

Assignment

Resume          Develop a resume using a 2-page resume format. You may also use a web-based portfolio containing samples of your work and courses you have taken.

DQ 2

Professional Associations     Write a 700-word paper on the types of professional organizations that would provide insight into the career field you are in or are interested in.

Learning Team

Professional Association Presentation        Create a 5- to 7-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation that describes the information gained by each team member’s professional organization paper. Highlight the associations that you feel will provide the best resources and career guidance.

Definition

CMGT 445 (Application Implimentation) Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-445-application-implimentationcourse-material-week-1-5-class-work/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 445 (Application Implimentation) Complete Course

CMGT 445 Whole Class – Latest Version

DQ 1

Integrating Domain-Specific Needs

OR

Digital World Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is the best approach to integrating domain-specific needs? Why is this approach better than others?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What makes today’s technological environment a Digital World? What is the future of human–computer interactions?

DQ 2

Evolution of Technology

OR

Bridging the Digital Divide   Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What challenges could businesses face with the constant evolution of technology?

OR

Watch the “Bridging the Digital Divide” video on your student website:

•          Why should companies consider the digital divide?

Learning Team Instructions

Business Case for Investment (Preparation)        Begin working on the Business Case for Investment assignment due in Week Three.

Write a 1,400- to 1750-word paper describing how to formulate and present the business case for technology investments.

Include the following information:

•          Prototyping environments and processes

•          Testing design to include procedures and standards

•          Sources of accessibility

•          Integration

Include at least 3 to 5 references, including the textbook and course materials

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Individual

Assignment

Programmatic Assessment   Complete the programmatic assessment by clicking the link on your student website. Remember to print screen a copy of your completion and insert that screen print into a Word document and post to confirm completion of the survey.

DQ 1

Competitive Advantage

OR

Technology Innovation         Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What competitive advantage does technology give to business? How does aging hardware affect this advantage?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is the importance of organizational decision roles to technology innovation?

DQ 2

Select a recent peer-reviewed article, no more than 1-year old, related to the weekly topics, discussed in the course notes posted in the materials thread or the headings found on the main site of our classroom. The minimum word count is 200, see the course policies for additional direction on substantive posts.

Perform a critical review of the article by providing a brief summary and assessment of the article.

Format the response with the correct APA reference format of the article at the beginning of your post, with all the correct citations throughout the article as necessary.

Individual

Managerial Issues     Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper discussing managerial issues associated with managing an organization’s IS infrastructure.

Include the following:

•          Information related to configuration management and preventative maintenance

•          Industry standards in configuration management and control

•          Training approaches to allow for adaptive maintenance and confidence.

•          The effect of globalization on managing and IS infrastructure

Cite 3 to 5 sources, including the textbook and course materials.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Learning Team

Rough Draft   Create a draft of your business case for investment, due in Week Three.

•          Include a references page with 3 to 5 references formatted consistent with APA guidelines.

•          Prepare an outline of the business case for technology investments.

•          Note sources of accessibility and the different prototyping environments and processes.

Format your draft paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Enterprise Systems

OR

Enterprise Resource Planning         Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is an enterprise system and how can this design support testing processes?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What are some of the limitations to ERP for enterprise business solutions?

DQ 2

Commercial vs. Custom

OR

User Roles      Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What advantages does commercial off-the-shelf software provide over custom software?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What role do users have in the development phase and integration phase for information systems?

Individual

Assignment

Article Review            Select a recent peer-reviewed article, no more than 1-year old, related to the weekly topic.

Perform a critical review of the article by providing a brief summary and assessment of the article using a minimum of 500 words.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Learning Team

Business Case for Investment         Write a 1,400- to 1750-word paper describing how to formulate and present the business case for technology investments.

Include the following information:

•          Prototyping environments and processes

•          Testing design to include procedures and standards

•          Sources of accessibility

•          Integration

Include at least 3 to 5 references, including the textbook and course materials.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Business Intelligence

OR

Dashboards   Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What does BI provide when performing a strategic upgrade on technology core systems?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Does a business dashboard for technology help improve decision making? Explain your answer.

DQ 2

Supply Chain Management

OR

Strategic Global Vision          Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Developing a strong SCM process to match IS system upgrades would provide what advantage(s)? What would such a process look like?

OR

Watch the “Strategic Global Vision” video.

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What role does technology have in social responsibility?

Individual

Assignment

Implementation Plan            Resource: University of Phoenix Material: Implementation Plan Template (to be used as a guideline).

Create an implementation plan for your organization or an organization of your choosing (remember to introduce the organization and the purpose for your project through a problem statement clearly.)

Include the following:

•          Business strategies for implementation

•          Both technology and human based safeguards used for information systems

•          Information comparing security requirements of out-sourcing and in-sourcing

•          Timelines and the need for their accuracy

•          Reference page

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, .

Learning Team

Professional Association Presentation (preparation)       Begin working on the Professional Associates Presentation due in Week Five.

Compile a list of at least two organizations per team member, including their websites and an overview of the organization. Remember to include an introduction and conclusion of the material presented in the deliverable this week.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Interview Techniques

OR

Professional Organizations Watch the “Interview” video found on the student media website.

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What interview techniques do companies employ? From your experience, have you been in an interview when these were used? Describe the differences and the approach to being successful at them.

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Why are professional organizations important to continual learning? What professional organizations benefit both the employee and the employer?

Individual

Assignment

Resume          Develop a resume using a 2-page resume format. You may also use a web-based portfolio containing samples of your work and courses you have taken.

DQ 2

Professional Associations     Write a 700-word paper on the types of professional organizations that would provide insight into the career field you are in or are interested in.

Learning Team

Professional Association Presentation        Create a 5- to 7-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation that describes the information gained by each team member’s professional organization paper. Highlight the associations that you feel will provide the best resources and career guidance.

Term

CMGT 445 (Application Implimentation) Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-445-application-implimentationcourse-material-week-1-5-class-work/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 445 (Application Implimentation) Complete Course

CMGT 445 Whole Class – Latest Version

DQ 1

Integrating Domain-Specific Needs

OR

Digital World Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is the best approach to integrating domain-specific needs? Why is this approach better than others?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What makes today’s technological environment a Digital World? What is the future of human–computer interactions?

DQ 2

Evolution of Technology

OR

Bridging the Digital Divide   Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What challenges could businesses face with the constant evolution of technology?

OR

Watch the “Bridging the Digital Divide” video on your student website:

•          Why should companies consider the digital divide?

Learning Team Instructions

Business Case for Investment (Preparation)        Begin working on the Business Case for Investment assignment due in Week Three.

Write a 1,400- to 1750-word paper describing how to formulate and present the business case for technology investments.

Include the following information:

•          Prototyping environments and processes

•          Testing design to include procedures and standards

•          Sources of accessibility

•          Integration

Include at least 3 to 5 references, including the textbook and course materials

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Individual

Assignment

Programmatic Assessment   Complete the programmatic assessment by clicking the link on your student website. Remember to print screen a copy of your completion and insert that screen print into a Word document and post to confirm completion of the survey.

DQ 1

Competitive Advantage

OR

Technology Innovation         Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What competitive advantage does technology give to business? How does aging hardware affect this advantage?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is the importance of organizational decision roles to technology innovation?

DQ 2

Select a recent peer-reviewed article, no more than 1-year old, related to the weekly topics, discussed in the course notes posted in the materials thread or the headings found on the main site of our classroom. The minimum word count is 200, see the course policies for additional direction on substantive posts.

Perform a critical review of the article by providing a brief summary and assessment of the article.

Format the response with the correct APA reference format of the article at the beginning of your post, with all the correct citations throughout the article as necessary.

Individual

Managerial Issues     Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper discussing managerial issues associated with managing an organization’s IS infrastructure.

Include the following:

•          Information related to configuration management and preventative maintenance

•          Industry standards in configuration management and control

•          Training approaches to allow for adaptive maintenance and confidence.

•          The effect of globalization on managing and IS infrastructure

Cite 3 to 5 sources, including the textbook and course materials.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Learning Team

Rough Draft   Create a draft of your business case for investment, due in Week Three.

•          Include a references page with 3 to 5 references formatted consistent with APA guidelines.

•          Prepare an outline of the business case for technology investments.

•          Note sources of accessibility and the different prototyping environments and processes.

Format your draft paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Enterprise Systems

OR

Enterprise Resource Planning         Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is an enterprise system and how can this design support testing processes?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What are some of the limitations to ERP for enterprise business solutions?

DQ 2

Commercial vs. Custom

OR

User Roles      Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What advantages does commercial off-the-shelf software provide over custom software?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What role do users have in the development phase and integration phase for information systems?

Individual

Assignment

Article Review            Select a recent peer-reviewed article, no more than 1-year old, related to the weekly topic.

Perform a critical review of the article by providing a brief summary and assessment of the article using a minimum of 500 words.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Learning Team

Business Case for Investment         Write a 1,400- to 1750-word paper describing how to formulate and present the business case for technology investments.

Include the following information:

•          Prototyping environments and processes

•          Testing design to include procedures and standards

•          Sources of accessibility

•          Integration

Include at least 3 to 5 references, including the textbook and course materials.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Business Intelligence

OR

Dashboards   Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What does BI provide when performing a strategic upgrade on technology core systems?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Does a business dashboard for technology help improve decision making? Explain your answer.

DQ 2

Supply Chain Management

OR

Strategic Global Vision          Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Developing a strong SCM process to match IS system upgrades would provide what advantage(s)? What would such a process look like?

OR

Watch the “Strategic Global Vision” video.

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What role does technology have in social responsibility?

Individual

Assignment

Implementation Plan            Resource: University of Phoenix Material: Implementation Plan Template (to be used as a guideline).

Create an implementation plan for your organization or an organization of your choosing (remember to introduce the organization and the purpose for your project through a problem statement clearly.)

Include the following:

•          Business strategies for implementation

•          Both technology and human based safeguards used for information systems

•          Information comparing security requirements of out-sourcing and in-sourcing

•          Timelines and the need for their accuracy

•          Reference page

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, .

Learning Team

Professional Association Presentation (preparation)       Begin working on the Professional Associates Presentation due in Week Five.

Compile a list of at least two organizations per team member, including their websites and an overview of the organization. Remember to include an introduction and conclusion of the material presented in the deliverable this week.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Interview Techniques

OR

Professional Organizations Watch the “Interview” video found on the student media website.

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What interview techniques do companies employ? From your experience, have you been in an interview when these were used? Describe the differences and the approach to being successful at them.

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Why are professional organizations important to continual learning? What professional organizations benefit both the employee and the employer?

Individual

Assignment

Resume          Develop a resume using a 2-page resume format. You may also use a web-based portfolio containing samples of your work and courses you have taken.

DQ 2

Professional Associations     Write a 700-word paper on the types of professional organizations that would provide insight into the career field you are in or are interested in.

Learning Team

Professional Association Presentation        Create a 5- to 7-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation that describes the information gained by each team member’s professional organization paper. Highlight the associations that you feel will provide the best resources and career guidance.

Definition

CMGT 445 (Application Implimentation) Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-445-application-implimentationcourse-material-week-1-5-class-work/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CMGT 445 (Application Implimentation) Complete Course

CMGT 445 Whole Class – Latest Version

DQ 1

Integrating Domain-Specific Needs

OR

Digital World Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is the best approach to integrating domain-specific needs? Why is this approach better than others?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What makes today’s technological environment a Digital World? What is the future of human–computer interactions?

DQ 2

Evolution of Technology

OR

Bridging the Digital Divide   Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What challenges could businesses face with the constant evolution of technology?

OR

Watch the “Bridging the Digital Divide” video on your student website:

•          Why should companies consider the digital divide?

Learning Team Instructions

Business Case for Investment (Preparation)        Begin working on the Business Case for Investment assignment due in Week Three.

Write a 1,400- to 1750-word paper describing how to formulate and present the business case for technology investments.

Include the following information:

•          Prototyping environments and processes

•          Testing design to include procedures and standards

•          Sources of accessibility

•          Integration

Include at least 3 to 5 references, including the textbook and course materials

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Individual

Assignment

Programmatic Assessment   Complete the programmatic assessment by clicking the link on your student website. Remember to print screen a copy of your completion and insert that screen print into a Word document and post to confirm completion of the survey.

DQ 1

Competitive Advantage

OR

Technology Innovation         Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What competitive advantage does technology give to business? How does aging hardware affect this advantage?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is the importance of organizational decision roles to technology innovation?

DQ 2

Select a recent peer-reviewed article, no more than 1-year old, related to the weekly topics, discussed in the course notes posted in the materials thread or the headings found on the main site of our classroom. The minimum word count is 200, see the course policies for additional direction on substantive posts.

Perform a critical review of the article by providing a brief summary and assessment of the article.

Format the response with the correct APA reference format of the article at the beginning of your post, with all the correct citations throughout the article as necessary.

Individual

Managerial Issues     Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper discussing managerial issues associated with managing an organization’s IS infrastructure.

Include the following:

•          Information related to configuration management and preventative maintenance

•          Industry standards in configuration management and control

•          Training approaches to allow for adaptive maintenance and confidence.

•          The effect of globalization on managing and IS infrastructure

Cite 3 to 5 sources, including the textbook and course materials.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Learning Team

Rough Draft   Create a draft of your business case for investment, due in Week Three.

•          Include a references page with 3 to 5 references formatted consistent with APA guidelines.

•          Prepare an outline of the business case for technology investments.

•          Note sources of accessibility and the different prototyping environments and processes.

Format your draft paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Enterprise Systems

OR

Enterprise Resource Planning         Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What is an enterprise system and how can this design support testing processes?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What are some of the limitations to ERP for enterprise business solutions?

DQ 2

Commercial vs. Custom

OR

User Roles      Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What advantages does commercial off-the-shelf software provide over custom software?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What role do users have in the development phase and integration phase for information systems?

Individual

Assignment

Article Review            Select a recent peer-reviewed article, no more than 1-year old, related to the weekly topic.

Perform a critical review of the article by providing a brief summary and assessment of the article using a minimum of 500 words.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

Learning Team

Business Case for Investment         Write a 1,400- to 1750-word paper describing how to formulate and present the business case for technology investments.

Include the following information:

•          Prototyping environments and processes

•          Testing design to include procedures and standards

•          Sources of accessibility

•          Integration

Include at least 3 to 5 references, including the textbook and course materials.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Business Intelligence

OR

Dashboards   Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What does BI provide when performing a strategic upgrade on technology core systems?

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Does a business dashboard for technology help improve decision making? Explain your answer.

DQ 2

Supply Chain Management

OR

Strategic Global Vision          Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Developing a strong SCM process to match IS system upgrades would provide what advantage(s)? What would such a process look like?

OR

Watch the “Strategic Global Vision” video.

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What role does technology have in social responsibility?

Individual

Assignment

Implementation Plan            Resource: University of Phoenix Material: Implementation Plan Template (to be used as a guideline).

Create an implementation plan for your organization or an organization of your choosing (remember to introduce the organization and the purpose for your project through a problem statement clearly.)

Include the following:

•          Business strategies for implementation

•          Both technology and human based safeguards used for information systems

•          Information comparing security requirements of out-sourcing and in-sourcing

•          Timelines and the need for their accuracy

•          Reference page

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, .

Learning Team

Professional Association Presentation (preparation)       Begin working on the Professional Associates Presentation due in Week Five.

Compile a list of at least two organizations per team member, including their websites and an overview of the organization. Remember to include an introduction and conclusion of the material presented in the deliverable this week.

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines, to include and not be limited to a cover page, correct header and page formatting, with correct citation and reference formats as well.

DQ 1

Interview Techniques

OR

Professional Organizations Watch the “Interview” video found on the student media website.

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          What interview techniques do companies employ? From your experience, have you been in an interview when these were used? Describe the differences and the approach to being successful at them.

OR

Write a 200- to 300-word short answer response that addresses the following:

•          Why are professional organizations important to continual learning? What professional organizations benefit both the employee and the employer?

Individual

Assignment

Resume          Develop a resume using a 2-page resume format. You may also use a web-based portfolio containing samples of your work and courses you have taken.

DQ 2

Professional Associations     Write a 700-word paper on the types of professional organizations that would provide insight into the career field you are in or are interested in.

Learning Team

Professional Association Presentation        Create a 5- to 7-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation that describes the information gained by each team member’s professional organization paper. Highlight the associations that you feel will provide the best resources and career guidance.

Term

CMGT 554 Entire Course Week 1-6

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-554-entire-course-week-1-6/

CMGT 554 Entire Course Week 1-6

CMGT 544 Week 1 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 2 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 2 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 2 DQ 3

CMGT 554 Week 2 Individual Assingment Paper Patton

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital IT Department

CMGT 554 Week 3 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 3 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 3 DQ 3

CMGT 554 Week 3 Individual Assingment Paper Patton

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital NetworkingCMGT 554 Week 4 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 4 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 4 Individual Assingment Paper Patton

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital Networking

CMGT 554 Week 5 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 5 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 5 DQ 3

CMGT 554 Week 5 Individual Assingment Paper PattonFuller

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital Web Portal

CMGT 554 Week 6 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 6 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 6 DQ 3

CMGT 554 Week 6 Individual Assingment Paper Patton

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital Care

CMGT 554 Week 6 Team Assingment Paper Presentation

CMGT 554 PATTON –FULLER COMMUNITY HOSPITAL (PFCH) VIRTUAL ORGANIZATION

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital

Definition

CMGT 554 Entire Course Week 1-6

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/cmgt-554-entire-course-week-1-6/

CMGT 554 Entire Course Week 1-6

CMGT 544 Week 1 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 2 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 2 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 2 DQ 3

CMGT 554 Week 2 Individual Assingment Paper Patton

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital IT Department

CMGT 554 Week 3 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 3 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 3 DQ 3

CMGT 554 Week 3 Individual Assingment Paper Patton

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital NetworkingCMGT 554 Week 4 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 4 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 4 Individual Assingment Paper Patton

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital Networking

CMGT 554 Week 5 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 5 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 5 DQ 3

CMGT 554 Week 5 Individual Assingment Paper PattonFuller

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital Web Portal

CMGT 554 Week 6 DQ 1

CMGT 554 Week 6 DQ 2

CMGT 554 Week 6 DQ 3

CMGT 554 Week 6 Individual Assingment Paper Patton

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital Care

CMGT 554 Week 6 Team Assingment Paper Presentation

CMGT 554 PATTON –FULLER COMMUNITY HOSPITAL (PFCH) VIRTUAL ORGANIZATION

CMGT 554 Patton-Fuller Community Hospital

Term

CRJ 303 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/crj-303-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CRJ 303 Complete Course Material

CRJ 303 Week 1 DQ 1 Goals of Sentencing

CRJ 303 Week 1 DQ 2 Sentencing Techniques

CRJ 303 Week 2 Assignment Jails vs. Prisons

CRJ 303 Week 2 DQ 1 Punishment

CRJ 303 Week 2 DQ 2 Privatizing Prisons

CRJ 303 Week 3 Assignment Juvenile Corrections

CRJ 303 Week 3 DQ 1 Probation and Parole

CRJ 303 Week 3 DQ 2 Civil Commitments

CRJ 303 Week 4 Assignment Life As A Correctional Officer

CRJ 303 WeeK 4 DQ 1 Open and Closed Prison

CRJ 303 Week 4 DQ 2 Eight activities

CRJ 303 Week 5 Assignment Criminals and Sentencing

CRJ 303 Week 5 DQ 1 Legal Rights of Inmates

CRJ 303 Week 5 DQ 2 Crime and Punishment

Definition

CRJ 303 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/crj-303-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

CRJ 303 Complete Course Material

CRJ 303 Week 1 DQ 1 Goals of Sentencing

CRJ 303 Week 1 DQ 2 Sentencing Techniques

CRJ 303 Week 2 Assignment Jails vs. Prisons

CRJ 303 Week 2 DQ 1 Punishment

CRJ 303 Week 2 DQ 2 Privatizing Prisons

CRJ 303 Week 3 Assignment Juvenile Corrections

CRJ 303 Week 3 DQ 1 Probation and Parole

CRJ 303 Week 3 DQ 2 Civil Commitments

CRJ 303 Week 4 Assignment Life As A Correctional Officer

CRJ 303 WeeK 4 DQ 1 Open and Closed Prison

CRJ 303 Week 4 DQ 2 Eight activities

CRJ 303 Week 5 Assignment Criminals and Sentencing

CRJ 303 Week 5 DQ 1 Legal Rights of Inmates

CRJ 303 Week 5 DQ 2 Crime and Punishment

Term

DBM 380 (Data Base Management) Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/dbm-380-data-base-management-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

DBM 380 Week 1 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 1 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 1 Individual Assignment Database Design Paper.docx
DBM 380 Week 2 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 2 Individual Assignment; Database Management Systems Paper.docx
DBM 380 Week 2 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 3 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 3 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment Driving Log.accdb
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment Driving Log.zip
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment ERD.pdf
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment ERD.zip
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment.zip
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment ERD.pdf
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment ERD.zip
DBM 380 Week 4 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 4 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 4 Explaination Of Normalization.docx
DBM 380 Week 4 Individual Assignment ERD.zip
DBM 380 Week 4 Indiviual Assignment Driving Log Relationships.accdb
DBM 380 Week 4 Indiviual Assignment Driving Log Relationships.zip
DBM 380 Week 4 Individual Assignment ERD.pdf
DBM 380 Week 5 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 5 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Database FINAL.accdb
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Database FINAL.zip
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Huffman PowerPoint REVISED.pptx
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Huffman Trucking SR-ht-003.docx
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Huffman Trucking SR-ht-003.docx

Definition

DBM 380 (Data Base Management) Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/dbm-380-data-base-management-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

DBM 380 Week 1 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 1 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 1 Individual Assignment Database Design Paper.docx
DBM 380 Week 2 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 2 Individual Assignment; Database Management Systems Paper.docx
DBM 380 Week 2 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 3 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 3 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment Driving Log.accdb
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment Driving Log.zip
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment ERD.pdf
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment ERD.zip
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment.zip
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment ERD.pdf
DBM 380 Week 3 Individual Assignment ERD.zip
DBM 380 Week 4 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 4 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 4 Explaination Of Normalization.docx
DBM 380 Week 4 Individual Assignment ERD.zip
DBM 380 Week 4 Indiviual Assignment Driving Log Relationships.accdb
DBM 380 Week 4 Indiviual Assignment Driving Log Relationships.zip
DBM 380 Week 4 Individual Assignment ERD.pdf
DBM 380 Week 5 DQ 1.docx
DBM 380 Week 5 DQ 2.docx
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Database FINAL.accdb
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Database FINAL.zip
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Huffman PowerPoint REVISED.pptx
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Huffman Trucking SR-ht-003.docx
DBM 380 Week 5 LT Huffman Trucking SR-ht-003.docx

Term

ECO 365 Complete Course (Principles of Microeconomics)

Click the link below to purchase ECO365

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-365-complete-course-principles-microeconomics/

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

                                              ECO 365 Week 1 DQ 1,

What is economics? What role does economics play in your personal and organizational decisions? Provide an example of the role of economics in decision making,

                                                ECO 365 Week 1 DQ 2,

Identify a recent purchase in which the price of the product was an important consideration in the decision-making process related to purchasing the product. What other factors affected your decision? How important was your income as a factor? How important was the price of other goods as a factor?,

ECO 365 Week 1 Individual Assignment Article Analysis,

ECO 265 Week 2,

                                                 ECO 365 Week 2 DQ 1,

What is the law of diminishing marginal productivity? How does the law of diminishing marginal productivity affect the cost of productions? Provide an example from your workplace.,

                                                   ECO 35 Week 2 DQ 2,

Why is the demand of labor a derived demand? What is the relationship between productivity and the wages earned by employees where you work or at an organization with which you are familiar? What are some factors that determine the level of your income? Explain your answer,

ECO 365 Week 2 Individual Assignment Supply and Demand Simulation,

                                                     ECO 365 Week 3,

                                                     ECO 365 Week 3 DQ 1,

What conditions exist when economic profits are maximized? What is the difference between economic and accounting profits? What are economic profit-maximizing strategies that may be made by a perfectly competitive firm, a monopolist firm, and a monopolistic competitive firm? Provide examples and explain the strategies’ effectiveness in their respective market structures.,

                                                       ECO 365 Week 3 DQ 2,

What are some real-life examples of monopolistically competitive, oligopoly, and monopoly markets? How do market prices differ between perfectly and imperfectly competitive markets? Will a monopoly always produce at a profit-maximizing output level? Explain your answer.,

ECO 365 Week 3 Learning Team Reflection Summary Market Structure,

ECO 365 Week 3 Team Assignment Current Market Conditions Competitive Analysis,

                                                            ECO 354 Week 4,

                                                            ECO 365 Week 4 DQ 1,

What is an externality? Provide at least three examples. How does one of the examples you provided affect the market outcome? What is the role of government in addressing the implications of an externality you provided as an example? Is it possible that a government’s solution to a market failure would worsen the failure? Explain your answer.,

                                                             ECO 365 Week 4 DQ 2,

What effect do government intervention, taxation, and regulations have on economic behavior? Explain.
What are real-world examples of government intervention, taxation, and regulations? What are the goals of each?,

ECO 365 Week 4 Individual Assignment Differentiating Between Market Structures Table,

ECO 365 Week 4 Learning Team Reflection Public Policy in Economics,

ECO 365 Week 5 Team Assignment Competitive Strategies and Government Policies,

Definition

ECO 365 Complete Course (Principles of Microeconomics)

Click the link below to purchase ECO365

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-365-complete-course-principles-microeconomics/

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

                                              ECO 365 Week 1 DQ 1,

What is economics? What role does economics play in your personal and organizational decisions? Provide an example of the role of economics in decision making,

                                                ECO 365 Week 1 DQ 2,

Identify a recent purchase in which the price of the product was an important consideration in the decision-making process related to purchasing the product. What other factors affected your decision? How important was your income as a factor? How important was the price of other goods as a factor?,

ECO 365 Week 1 Individual Assignment Article Analysis,

ECO 265 Week 2,

                                                 ECO 365 Week 2 DQ 1,

What is the law of diminishing marginal productivity? How does the law of diminishing marginal productivity affect the cost of productions? Provide an example from your workplace.,

                                                   ECO 35 Week 2 DQ 2,

Why is the demand of labor a derived demand? What is the relationship between productivity and the wages earned by employees where you work or at an organization with which you are familiar? What are some factors that determine the level of your income? Explain your answer,

ECO 365 Week 2 Individual Assignment Supply and Demand Simulation,

                                                     ECO 365 Week 3,

                                                     ECO 365 Week 3 DQ 1,

What conditions exist when economic profits are maximized? What is the difference between economic and accounting profits? What are economic profit-maximizing strategies that may be made by a perfectly competitive firm, a monopolist firm, and a monopolistic competitive firm? Provide examples and explain the strategies’ effectiveness in their respective market structures.,

                                                       ECO 365 Week 3 DQ 2,

What are some real-life examples of monopolistically competitive, oligopoly, and monopoly markets? How do market prices differ between perfectly and imperfectly competitive markets? Will a monopoly always produce at a profit-maximizing output level? Explain your answer.,

ECO 365 Week 3 Learning Team Reflection Summary Market Structure,

ECO 365 Week 3 Team Assignment Current Market Conditions Competitive Analysis,

                                                            ECO 354 Week 4,

                                                            ECO 365 Week 4 DQ 1,

What is an externality? Provide at least three examples. How does one of the examples you provided affect the market outcome? What is the role of government in addressing the implications of an externality you provided as an example? Is it possible that a government’s solution to a market failure would worsen the failure? Explain your answer.,

                                                             ECO 365 Week 4 DQ 2,

What effect do government intervention, taxation, and regulations have on economic behavior? Explain.
What are real-world examples of government intervention, taxation, and regulations? What are the goals of each?,

ECO 365 Week 4 Individual Assignment Differentiating Between Market Structures Table,

ECO 365 Week 4 Learning Team Reflection Public Policy in Economics,

ECO 365 Week 5 Team Assignment Competitive Strategies and Government Policies,

Term

ECO 365 Complete Course (Principles of Microeconomics)

Click the link below to purchase ECO365

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-365-complete-course-principles-microeconomics/

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

                                              ECO 365 Week 1 DQ 1,

What is economics? What role does economics play in your personal and organizational decisions? Provide an example of the role of economics in decision making,

                                                ECO 365 Week 1 DQ 2,

Identify a recent purchase in which the price of the product was an important consideration in the decision-making process related to purchasing the product. What other factors affected your decision? How important was your income as a factor? How important was the price of other goods as a factor?,

ECO 365 Week 1 Individual Assignment Article Analysis,

ECO 265 Week 2,

                                                 ECO 365 Week 2 DQ 1,

What is the law of diminishing marginal productivity? How does the law of diminishing marginal productivity affect the cost of productions? Provide an example from your workplace.,

                                                   ECO 35 Week 2 DQ 2,

Why is the demand of labor a derived demand? What is the relationship between productivity and the wages earned by employees where you work or at an organization with which you are familiar? What are some factors that determine the level of your income? Explain your answer,

ECO 365 Week 2 Individual Assignment Supply and Demand Simulation,

                                                     ECO 365 Week 3,

                                                     ECO 365 Week 3 DQ 1,

What conditions exist when economic profits are maximized? What is the difference between economic and accounting profits? What are economic profit-maximizing strategies that may be made by a perfectly competitive firm, a monopolist firm, and a monopolistic competitive firm? Provide examples and explain the strategies’ effectiveness in their respective market structures.,

                                                       ECO 365 Week 3 DQ 2,

What are some real-life examples of monopolistically competitive, oligopoly, and monopoly markets? How do market prices differ between perfectly and imperfectly competitive markets? Will a monopoly always produce at a profit-maximizing output level? Explain your answer.,

ECO 365 Week 3 Learning Team Reflection Summary Market Structure,

ECO 365 Week 3 Team Assignment Current Market Conditions Competitive Analysis,

                                                            ECO 354 Week 4,

                                                            ECO 365 Week 4 DQ 1,

What is an externality? Provide at least three examples. How does one of the examples you provided affect the market outcome? What is the role of government in addressing the implications of an externality you provided as an example? Is it possible that a government’s solution to a market failure would worsen the failure? Explain your answer.,

                                                             ECO 365 Week 4 DQ 2,

What effect do government intervention, taxation, and regulations have on economic behavior? Explain.
What are real-world examples of government intervention, taxation, and regulations? What are the goals of each?,

ECO 365 Week 4 Individual Assignment Differentiating Between Market Structures Table,

ECO 365 Week 4 Learning Team Reflection Public Policy in Economics,

ECO 365 Week 5 Team Assignment Competitive Strategies and Government Policies,

Definition

ECO 365 Complete Course (Principles of Microeconomics)

Click the link below to purchase ECO365

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-365-complete-course-principles-microeconomics/

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

                                              ECO 365 Week 1 DQ 1,

What is economics? What role does economics play in your personal and organizational decisions? Provide an example of the role of economics in decision making,

                                                ECO 365 Week 1 DQ 2,

Identify a recent purchase in which the price of the product was an important consideration in the decision-making process related to purchasing the product. What other factors affected your decision? How important was your income as a factor? How important was the price of other goods as a factor?,

ECO 365 Week 1 Individual Assignment Article Analysis,

ECO 265 Week 2,

                                                 ECO 365 Week 2 DQ 1,

What is the law of diminishing marginal productivity? How does the law of diminishing marginal productivity affect the cost of productions? Provide an example from your workplace.,

                                                   ECO 35 Week 2 DQ 2,

Why is the demand of labor a derived demand? What is the relationship between productivity and the wages earned by employees where you work or at an organization with which you are familiar? What are some factors that determine the level of your income? Explain your answer,

ECO 365 Week 2 Individual Assignment Supply and Demand Simulation,

                                                     ECO 365 Week 3,

                                                     ECO 365 Week 3 DQ 1,

What conditions exist when economic profits are maximized? What is the difference between economic and accounting profits? What are economic profit-maximizing strategies that may be made by a perfectly competitive firm, a monopolist firm, and a monopolistic competitive firm? Provide examples and explain the strategies’ effectiveness in their respective market structures.,

                                                       ECO 365 Week 3 DQ 2,

What are some real-life examples of monopolistically competitive, oligopoly, and monopoly markets? How do market prices differ between perfectly and imperfectly competitive markets? Will a monopoly always produce at a profit-maximizing output level? Explain your answer.,

ECO 365 Week 3 Learning Team Reflection Summary Market Structure,

ECO 365 Week 3 Team Assignment Current Market Conditions Competitive Analysis,

                                                            ECO 354 Week 4,

                                                            ECO 365 Week 4 DQ 1,

What is an externality? Provide at least three examples. How does one of the examples you provided affect the market outcome? What is the role of government in addressing the implications of an externality you provided as an example? Is it possible that a government’s solution to a market failure would worsen the failure? Explain your answer.,

                                                             ECO 365 Week 4 DQ 2,

What effect do government intervention, taxation, and regulations have on economic behavior? Explain.
What are real-world examples of government intervention, taxation, and regulations? What are the goals of each?,

ECO 365 Week 4 Individual Assignment Differentiating Between Market Structures Table,

ECO 365 Week 4 Learning Team Reflection Public Policy in Economics,

ECO 365 Week 5 Team Assignment Competitive Strategies and Government Policies,

Term

ECO 370 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-370-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ECO 370 Complete Course Material

ECO 370 Week 1 Individual Assignment Economics and the Environment Worksheet
ECO 370 Week 1 DQ 1

Describe an industry that is linked to a natural resource economy. What economic advantages can be realized for that industry by functioning in a sustainable manner? What costs could this industry face in implementing a sustainable business model? Do you think those costs are justified? Why or why not?
ECO 370 Week 1 DQ 2

Consider two methods for achieving less water use in a community. The first method includes trying to convince people to apply water conservation measures and to use less water at current prices. The second method involves driving up the price of water. Discuss the merits of both approaches. Which one do you think would be more effective? Why?
ECO 370 Week 2 Individual Assignment Impact Classification Environmental Impact Assessment and Economic Impact Assessment
ECO 370 Week 2 DQ 1

Provide an example of a company that is considering reducing air pollution emissions. How might the company analyze short- and long-term costs and benefits? To continue the discussion, review the response of a classmate and post a reply asking questions and providing constructive feedback about your classmate’s analysis?
ECO 370 Week 2 DQ 2

Why is environmental and economic impact analysis important? What information is important for decision makers to consider when evaluating new development project proposals.Due Friday in the Main Forum
ECO 370 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment BenefitCost Analysis Presentation
ECO 370 Week 3 DQ 1

p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal{ margin: 0in0in0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: “Times New Roman”; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; } Define property rights in the context of environmental systems. In a society without private or collective property rights, how would the environment suffer?
ECO 370 Week 3 DQ 2

p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal{ margin: 0in0in0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: “Times New Roman”; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; } How can emission charges encourage businesses to be innovative? Provide a specific example of this. Compare this approach with a standard regulation from a central authority.

ECO 370 Week 4 Individual Assignment Policy Implications and Evaluation Matrix
ECO 370 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment City of Kelsey Energy Policy Presentation
ECO 370 Week 4 DQ 1

p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal{ margin: 0in0in0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: “Times New Roman”; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; } What are the advantages and disadvantages of transferable discharge permits? Was the approach taken with the 1990 Clean Air Act transferable discharge permit program appropriate? Why or why not? What alternative approach do you recommend?
ECO 370 Week 4 DQ 2

p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal{ margin: 0in0in0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: “Times New Roman”; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; } What factors might undermine a water quality trading program? What are some characteristics that successful water quality trading programs share?

ECO 370 Week 5 DQ 1

As you know, we do not have discussion questions in Week 5 so you can focus on your assignments. But you are still need to gain participate points this week by posting this forum. I have following topics that you can discuss. Feel free to post any topics that you find interesting.

1. Regarding global environmental policies, why do you think Kyoto Protocol failed?
2. With the shifting of manufacturing to developing countries, their environments have been polluted. Do you think it is fair, what can countries like U.S. do to help?
3. Regarding the debate around global warming, are those based on science? Why or why not?
4. Practices in everyday life that we can do to help environment
5. What knowledge you can take from this class to apply to your work?
6. Any other topic you find interesting?
ECO 370 Week 5 IndividualAssignment Kyoto Protocol and Global Warming Evaluation
ECO 370 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Environmental Economics, Disparity, and International Agreements Presentation

ECO 370 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Environmental Economics, Disparity 1

Definition

ECO 370 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-370-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ECO 370 Complete Course Material

ECO 370 Week 1 Individual Assignment Economics and the Environment Worksheet
ECO 370 Week 1 DQ 1

Describe an industry that is linked to a natural resource economy. What economic advantages can be realized for that industry by functioning in a sustainable manner? What costs could this industry face in implementing a sustainable business model? Do you think those costs are justified? Why or why not?
ECO 370 Week 1 DQ 2

Consider two methods for achieving less water use in a community. The first method includes trying to convince people to apply water conservation measures and to use less water at current prices. The second method involves driving up the price of water. Discuss the merits of both approaches. Which one do you think would be more effective? Why?
ECO 370 Week 2 Individual Assignment Impact Classification Environmental Impact Assessment and Economic Impact Assessment
ECO 370 Week 2 DQ 1

Provide an example of a company that is considering reducing air pollution emissions. How might the company analyze short- and long-term costs and benefits? To continue the discussion, review the response of a classmate and post a reply asking questions and providing constructive feedback about your classmate’s analysis?
ECO 370 Week 2 DQ 2

Why is environmental and economic impact analysis important? What information is important for decision makers to consider when evaluating new development project proposals.Due Friday in the Main Forum
ECO 370 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment BenefitCost Analysis Presentation
ECO 370 Week 3 DQ 1

p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal{ margin: 0in0in0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: “Times New Roman”; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; } Define property rights in the context of environmental systems. In a society without private or collective property rights, how would the environment suffer?
ECO 370 Week 3 DQ 2

p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal{ margin: 0in0in0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: “Times New Roman”; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; } How can emission charges encourage businesses to be innovative? Provide a specific example of this. Compare this approach with a standard regulation from a central authority.

ECO 370 Week 4 Individual Assignment Policy Implications and Evaluation Matrix
ECO 370 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment City of Kelsey Energy Policy Presentation
ECO 370 Week 4 DQ 1

p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal{ margin: 0in0in0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: “Times New Roman”; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; } What are the advantages and disadvantages of transferable discharge permits? Was the approach taken with the 1990 Clean Air Act transferable discharge permit program appropriate? Why or why not? What alternative approach do you recommend?
ECO 370 Week 4 DQ 2

p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal{ margin: 0in0in0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: “Times New Roman”; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; } What factors might undermine a water quality trading program? What are some characteristics that successful water quality trading programs share?

ECO 370 Week 5 DQ 1

As you know, we do not have discussion questions in Week 5 so you can focus on your assignments. But you are still need to gain participate points this week by posting this forum. I have following topics that you can discuss. Feel free to post any topics that you find interesting.

1. Regarding global environmental policies, why do you think Kyoto Protocol failed?
2. With the shifting of manufacturing to developing countries, their environments have been polluted. Do you think it is fair, what can countries like U.S. do to help?
3. Regarding the debate around global warming, are those based on science? Why or why not?
4. Practices in everyday life that we can do to help environment
5. What knowledge you can take from this class to apply to your work?
6. Any other topic you find interesting?
ECO 370 Week 5 IndividualAssignment Kyoto Protocol and Global Warming Evaluation
ECO 370 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Environmental Economics, Disparity, and International Agreements Presentation

ECO 370 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Environmental Economics, Disparity 1

Term

ECO 372 Entire Course all Wks DQS & Assignments

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-372-entire-course-wks-dqs-assignments/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

Week 1 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 1 Summary

Week 2 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 2 Individual Fundamentals of Macroeconomics Paper

Week 2 Learning Team Reflection Economic Forecasting Paper

Week 2 Summary

Week 3 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 3 Learning Team Aggregate Demand and Supply Models

Week 3 Learning Team Reflection

Week 4 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 4 Individual Federal Reserve Presentation

Week 4 Learning Team Reflection

Week 4 Summary

Week 5 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 5 Individual International Trade and Finance Speech

Week 5 Learning Team Fiscal Policy Paper

Week 5 Summary

Weekly Summary Week 3

Definition

ECO 372 Entire Course all Wks DQS & Assignments

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-372-entire-course-wks-dqs-assignments/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

Week 1 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 1 Summary

Week 2 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 2 Individual Fundamentals of Macroeconomics Paper

Week 2 Learning Team Reflection Economic Forecasting Paper

Week 2 Summary

Week 3 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 3 Learning Team Aggregate Demand and Supply Models

Week 3 Learning Team Reflection

Week 4 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 4 Individual Federal Reserve Presentation

Week 4 Learning Team Reflection

Week 4 Summary

Week 5 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

Week 5 Individual International Trade and Finance Speech

Week 5 Learning Team Fiscal Policy Paper

Week 5 Summary

Weekly Summary Week 3

Term

ECO 415 Entire Course ECO/415 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-415-entire-course-eco415-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ECO 415 Entire Course

ECO 415 Week 1 Individual Assignment Basic Concepts Paper
ECO 415 Week 1 DQ 1
ECO 415 Week 1 DQ 2
ECO 415 Week 2 Learning Team Instructions Maximizing Profits Within Markets Paper
ECO 415 Week 2 DQ 1
ECO 415 Week 2 DQ 2
ECO 415 Week 3 Individual Assignment Let’s Talk Money Interview Transcript
ECO 415 Week 3 DQ 1
ECO 415 Week 3 DQ 2
ECO 415 Week 4 Individual Assignment Hello I am Your Motivational Speaker,
ECO 415 Week 4 DQ 1
ECO 415 Week 4 DQ 2
ECO 415 Week 5 Learning Team Instructions Sustainability Paper and Presentation

Definition

ECO 415 Entire Course ECO/415 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eco-415-entire-course-eco415-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ECO 415 Entire Course

ECO 415 Week 1 Individual Assignment Basic Concepts Paper
ECO 415 Week 1 DQ 1
ECO 415 Week 1 DQ 2
ECO 415 Week 2 Learning Team Instructions Maximizing Profits Within Markets Paper
ECO 415 Week 2 DQ 1
ECO 415 Week 2 DQ 2
ECO 415 Week 3 Individual Assignment Let’s Talk Money Interview Transcript
ECO 415 Week 3 DQ 1
ECO 415 Week 3 DQ 2
ECO 415 Week 4 Individual Assignment Hello I am Your Motivational Speaker,
ECO 415 Week 4 DQ 1
ECO 415 Week 4 DQ 2
ECO 415 Week 5 Learning Team Instructions Sustainability Paper and Presentation

Term

EE 372 Final Exam

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ee-372-final-exam/

EE 372 Final Exam Guide

Top of Form

1. In process control the desired value of a system is referred to as the__________?

2. In process control, the term the “process”, whatever it may be, may also be referred to as the ______________.

3. The device that exerts a direct influence on the process is called the _____________.

4. Control system objectives should include:

5. The response criterion that specifies that the amplitude of each peak of each cyclic response be a quarter of the preceding peak is called_________.

6. The mathematical relationship between the input of a block and the output of that block is known as the __________ __________.

7. The equation below describes the response of a __________________ order system.
8. The current through a RTD can cause the RTD to heat up. This factor is accounted for by use of the ____________________.

9. Type J, T, K, E, S, and R are all thermocouple types. The letter designates_______________.

10. Since Thermocouple voltages are small, great care should be taken to protect against electrical noise by_________________.

11. Strain gauges operate based on the change in ___________________ of a metal under stress.

12. The primary form of ____________ sensor is the accelerometer.

13. Flow across an orifice plate varies proportionally with the ___________ of the differential pressure.

14. A rotameter, a moving vane flow meter and a turbine flow meter all place ________________ in the flow of the material.

15. Elements of final control are:_______________.

16. A _________________ is required to condition the signal from a computer so that it might interact with process control equipment.

17. A simple device that can convert mechanical motion to pneumatic pressure levels is the __________________.

18. Control valve sizing is done by choosing the valve size with the appropriate ___________________.

19. A process that can be controlled by reading on or off conditions and responding with other on or off conditions is called a _____________ state system.

20. Alarm conditions can best be described by_________________________.

21. Programmable logic controllers can replace electromagnetic relays in control systems.

22. The below schematic symbol is a _________________.
23. Could the below circuit be used to control a motor starter?
24. The process the PLC uses to read the inputs, solve the ladder logic, and drive the outputs is the PLC_____________ for that specific application.

25. In order for the PLC to interact with the process inputs and outputs the I?O must be compatible with the input signal and output signal __________.

26. Sensor resistance varies from 25 to 1.5 kΩ as a variable changes from c_min to c_max. Design a signal-conditioning system that provides an output varying from –2 to +2 V as the variable changes from min to max. Power dissipation in the sensor must be kept below 2.5 mW.

The circuit could be implemented as under:

27. A 10-bit unipolar ADC with a reference of 5.00 F and a 44-μs conversion time will be used to collect data on time constant measurement. Thus, the input will be of the form V (t) = 4(1− e^t/τ) . What is the minimum value of τ for which reliable data samples can be taken if no Sample-and-Hold circuit is used?

28. A type K thermocouple with a 0°C reference will be used to measure temperature between 200°C and 350°C . Devise a system that will convert this temperature range into an 8-bit digital word with conversion from 00H to 01H at 200°C and from FEH to FFH at 350°C . An ADC is available with a 2.500-V internal reference. At 200°C a type K TC produces 8.13 mV. At 350 °C a type K TC produces 14.29 mV.

29. A strain gauge has a GF=2.14 and a nominal resistance of 120 Ω . Calculate the resistance change resulting from a strain of 144μin / in .

30. Consider the phototransistor with IV curves below left and used in the circuit below right. Calculate the output voltage when the light intensity is equal to 20 W /m² .

31. A 4- to 20-mA control signal is loaded by a 100-Ω resistor and must produce a 20- to 40-V motor drive signal. Develop the equation relating the input current to the output voltage. Implement the equation if a power amplifier is available that can output 0 to 100V and has a gain of 10.

Definition

EE 372 Final Exam

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ee-372-final-exam/

EE 372 Final Exam Guide

Top of Form

1. In process control the desired value of a system is referred to as the__________?

2. In process control, the term the “process”, whatever it may be, may also be referred to as the ______________.

3. The device that exerts a direct influence on the process is called the _____________.

4. Control system objectives should include:

5. The response criterion that specifies that the amplitude of each peak of each cyclic response be a quarter of the preceding peak is called_________.

6. The mathematical relationship between the input of a block and the output of that block is known as the __________ __________.

7. The equation below describes the response of a __________________ order system.
8. The current through a RTD can cause the RTD to heat up. This factor is accounted for by use of the ____________________.

9. Type J, T, K, E, S, and R are all thermocouple types. The letter designates_______________.

10. Since Thermocouple voltages are small, great care should be taken to protect against electrical noise by_________________.

11. Strain gauges operate based on the change in ___________________ of a metal under stress.

12. The primary form of ____________ sensor is the accelerometer.

13. Flow across an orifice plate varies proportionally with the ___________ of the differential pressure.

14. A rotameter, a moving vane flow meter and a turbine flow meter all place ________________ in the flow of the material.

15. Elements of final control are:_______________.

16. A _________________ is required to condition the signal from a computer so that it might interact with process control equipment.

17. A simple device that can convert mechanical motion to pneumatic pressure levels is the __________________.

18. Control valve sizing is done by choosing the valve size with the appropriate ___________________.

19. A process that can be controlled by reading on or off conditions and responding with other on or off conditions is called a _____________ state system.

20. Alarm conditions can best be described by_________________________.

21. Programmable logic controllers can replace electromagnetic relays in control systems.

22. The below schematic symbol is a _________________.
23. Could the below circuit be used to control a motor starter?
24. The process the PLC uses to read the inputs, solve the ladder logic, and drive the outputs is the PLC_____________ for that specific application.

25. In order for the PLC to interact with the process inputs and outputs the I?O must be compatible with the input signal and output signal __________.

26. Sensor resistance varies from 25 to 1.5 kΩ as a variable changes from c_min to c_max. Design a signal-conditioning system that provides an output varying from –2 to +2 V as the variable changes from min to max. Power dissipation in the sensor must be kept below 2.5 mW.

The circuit could be implemented as under:

27. A 10-bit unipolar ADC with a reference of 5.00 F and a 44-μs conversion time will be used to collect data on time constant measurement. Thus, the input will be of the form V (t) = 4(1− e^t/τ) . What is the minimum value of τ for which reliable data samples can be taken if no Sample-and-Hold circuit is used?

28. A type K thermocouple with a 0°C reference will be used to measure temperature between 200°C and 350°C . Devise a system that will convert this temperature range into an 8-bit digital word with conversion from 00H to 01H at 200°C and from FEH to FFH at 350°C . An ADC is available with a 2.500-V internal reference. At 200°C a type K TC produces 8.13 mV. At 350 °C a type K TC produces 14.29 mV.

29. A strain gauge has a GF=2.14 and a nominal resistance of 120 Ω . Calculate the resistance change resulting from a strain of 144μin / in .

30. Consider the phototransistor with IV curves below left and used in the circuit below right. Calculate the output voltage when the light intensity is equal to 20 W /m² .

31. A 4- to 20-mA control signal is loaded by a 100-Ω resistor and must produce a 20- to 40-V motor drive signal. Develop the equation relating the input current to the output voltage. Implement the equation if a power amplifier is available that can output 0 to 100V and has a gain of 10.

Term

EE 372 Final Exam

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ee-372-final-exam/

EE 372 Final Exam Guide

Top of Form

1. In process control the desired value of a system is referred to as the__________?

2. In process control, the term the “process”, whatever it may be, may also be referred to as the ______________.

3. The device that exerts a direct influence on the process is called the _____________.

4. Control system objectives should include:

5. The response criterion that specifies that the amplitude of each peak of each cyclic response be a quarter of the preceding peak is called_________.

6. The mathematical relationship between the input of a block and the output of that block is known as the __________ __________.

7. The equation below describes the response of a __________________ order system.
8. The current through a RTD can cause the RTD to heat up. This factor is accounted for by use of the ____________________.

9. Type J, T, K, E, S, and R are all thermocouple types. The letter designates_______________.

10. Since Thermocouple voltages are small, great care should be taken to protect against electrical noise by_________________.

11. Strain gauges operate based on the change in ___________________ of a metal under stress.

12. The primary form of ____________ sensor is the accelerometer.

13. Flow across an orifice plate varies proportionally with the ___________ of the differential pressure.

14. A rotameter, a moving vane flow meter and a turbine flow meter all place ________________ in the flow of the material.

15. Elements of final control are:_______________.

16. A _________________ is required to condition the signal from a computer so that it might interact with process control equipment.

17. A simple device that can convert mechanical motion to pneumatic pressure levels is the __________________.

18. Control valve sizing is done by choosing the valve size with the appropriate ___________________.

19. A process that can be controlled by reading on or off conditions and responding with other on or off conditions is called a _____________ state system.

20. Alarm conditions can best be described by_________________________.

21. Programmable logic controllers can replace electromagnetic relays in control systems.

22. The below schematic symbol is a _________________.
23. Could the below circuit be used to control a motor starter?
24. The process the PLC uses to read the inputs, solve the ladder logic, and drive the outputs is the PLC_____________ for that specific application.

25. In order for the PLC to interact with the process inputs and outputs the I?O must be compatible with the input signal and output signal __________.

26. Sensor resistance varies from 25 to 1.5 kΩ as a variable changes from c_min to c_max. Design a signal-conditioning system that provides an output varying from –2 to +2 V as the variable changes from min to max. Power dissipation in the sensor must be kept below 2.5 mW.

The circuit could be implemented as under:

27. A 10-bit unipolar ADC with a reference of 5.00 F and a 44-μs conversion time will be used to collect data on time constant measurement. Thus, the input will be of the form V (t) = 4(1− e^t/τ) . What is the minimum value of τ for which reliable data samples can be taken if no Sample-and-Hold circuit is used?

28. A type K thermocouple with a 0°C reference will be used to measure temperature between 200°C and 350°C . Devise a system that will convert this temperature range into an 8-bit digital word with conversion from 00H to 01H at 200°C and from FEH to FFH at 350°C . An ADC is available with a 2.500-V internal reference. At 200°C a type K TC produces 8.13 mV. At 350 °C a type K TC produces 14.29 mV.

29. A strain gauge has a GF=2.14 and a nominal resistance of 120 Ω . Calculate the resistance change resulting from a strain of 144μin / in .

30. Consider the phototransistor with IV curves below left and used in the circuit below right. Calculate the output voltage when the light intensity is equal to 20 W /m² .

31. A 4- to 20-mA control signal is loaded by a 100-Ω resistor and must produce a 20- to 40-V motor drive signal. Develop the equation relating the input current to the output voltage. Implement the equation if a power amplifier is available that can output 0 to 100V and has a gain of 10.

Definition

EE 372 Final Exam

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ee-372-final-exam/

EE 372 Final Exam Guide

Top of Form

1. In process control the desired value of a system is referred to as the__________?

2. In process control, the term the “process”, whatever it may be, may also be referred to as the ______________.

3. The device that exerts a direct influence on the process is called the _____________.

4. Control system objectives should include:

5. The response criterion that specifies that the amplitude of each peak of each cyclic response be a quarter of the preceding peak is called_________.

6. The mathematical relationship between the input of a block and the output of that block is known as the __________ __________.

7. The equation below describes the response of a __________________ order system.
8. The current through a RTD can cause the RTD to heat up. This factor is accounted for by use of the ____________________.

9. Type J, T, K, E, S, and R are all thermocouple types. The letter designates_______________.

10. Since Thermocouple voltages are small, great care should be taken to protect against electrical noise by_________________.

11. Strain gauges operate based on the change in ___________________ of a metal under stress.

12. The primary form of ____________ sensor is the accelerometer.

13. Flow across an orifice plate varies proportionally with the ___________ of the differential pressure.

14. A rotameter, a moving vane flow meter and a turbine flow meter all place ________________ in the flow of the material.

15. Elements of final control are:_______________.

16. A _________________ is required to condition the signal from a computer so that it might interact with process control equipment.

17. A simple device that can convert mechanical motion to pneumatic pressure levels is the __________________.

18. Control valve sizing is done by choosing the valve size with the appropriate ___________________.

19. A process that can be controlled by reading on or off conditions and responding with other on or off conditions is called a _____________ state system.

20. Alarm conditions can best be described by_________________________.

21. Programmable logic controllers can replace electromagnetic relays in control systems.

22. The below schematic symbol is a _________________.
23. Could the below circuit be used to control a motor starter?
24. The process the PLC uses to read the inputs, solve the ladder logic, and drive the outputs is the PLC_____________ for that specific application.

25. In order for the PLC to interact with the process inputs and outputs the I?O must be compatible with the input signal and output signal __________.

26. Sensor resistance varies from 25 to 1.5 kΩ as a variable changes from c_min to c_max. Design a signal-conditioning system that provides an output varying from –2 to +2 V as the variable changes from min to max. Power dissipation in the sensor must be kept below 2.5 mW.

The circuit could be implemented as under:

27. A 10-bit unipolar ADC with a reference of 5.00 F and a 44-μs conversion time will be used to collect data on time constant measurement. Thus, the input will be of the form V (t) = 4(1− e^t/τ) . What is the minimum value of τ for which reliable data samples can be taken if no Sample-and-Hold circuit is used?

28. A type K thermocouple with a 0°C reference will be used to measure temperature between 200°C and 350°C . Devise a system that will convert this temperature range into an 8-bit digital word with conversion from 00H to 01H at 200°C and from FEH to FFH at 350°C . An ADC is available with a 2.500-V internal reference. At 200°C a type K TC produces 8.13 mV. At 350 °C a type K TC produces 14.29 mV.

29. A strain gauge has a GF=2.14 and a nominal resistance of 120 Ω . Calculate the resistance change resulting from a strain of 144μin / in .

30. Consider the phototransistor with IV curves below left and used in the circuit below right. Calculate the output voltage when the light intensity is equal to 20 W /m² .

31. A 4- to 20-mA control signal is loaded by a 100-Ω resistor and must produce a 20- to 40-V motor drive signal. Develop the equation relating the input current to the output voltage. Implement the equation if a power amplifier is available that can output 0 to 100V and has a gain of 10.

Term

ENG 121 Complete Course Material

Following the link below to purchase A+ Graded Work

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eng-121-complete-class-graded/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ENG 121 Week 1 Discussion Questions

ENG 121 Week 1 Quiz Answers
ENG 121 Week 2 Discussion Questions
ENG 121 Week 2 Quiz Answers
ENG 121 Week 2 and 3 Assignment Going Back to School
ENG 121 Week 3 Discussion Questions
ENG 121 Week 3 Quiz Answers
ENG 121 Week 4 and 5 Assignment Life 2010 vs. 1980
ENG 121 Week 4 Discussion Questions
ENG 121 Week 4 Quiz Answers
ENG 121 Week 5 Discussion Questions
ENG 121 Week 5 Quiz Answers

Definition

ENG 121 Complete Course Material

Following the link below to purchase A+ Graded Work

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eng-121-complete-class-graded/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ENG 121 Week 1 Discussion Questions

ENG 121 Week 1 Quiz Answers
ENG 121 Week 2 Discussion Questions
ENG 121 Week 2 Quiz Answers
ENG 121 Week 2 and 3 Assignment Going Back to School
ENG 121 Week 3 Discussion Questions
ENG 121 Week 3 Quiz Answers
ENG 121 Week 4 and 5 Assignment Life 2010 vs. 1980
ENG 121 Week 4 Discussion Questions
ENG 121 Week 4 Quiz Answers
ENG 121 Week 5 Discussion Questions
ENG 121 Week 5 Quiz Answers

Term

ETH 125 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-125-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 125 Entire Course Material

ETH 125 Week 1 Assignment Journal Entry of a Subordinate Group Member

ETH 125 Week 1 CheckPoint Defining race and ethnicity

ETH 125 Week 1 CheckPoint The Sociology of Race and Ethnicity

ETH 125 Week 2 CheckPoint Implicit Association Test

ETH 125 Week 3 Assignment Ethnic Groups and Discrimination Italian Americans

ETH 125 Week 3 CheckPoint Modern Challenges in Immigration

ETH 125 Week 4 CheckPoint Leaders and Legislation of the Civil Rights and Black Power Movements Appendix C

ETH 125 Week 5 Assignment United States-Centric Views Comparison Appendix D

ETH 125 Week 5 CheckPoint Characteristics of Orientalism Prejudice and Discrimination

ETH 125 Week 6 CheckPoint Legislation Legacy

ETH 125 Week 7 Assignment Hispanic American Diversity

ETH 125 Week 7 Checkpoint The Official Language Movement

ETH 125 Week 8 CheckPoint Asian Americans According to the U.S. Census Bureau Appendix E

ETH 125 Week 9 Capstone Checkpoint

ETH 125 Week 9 Final Project Race and Your Community Institutional Racism in Baltimore Maryland

Definition

ETH 125 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-125-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 125 Entire Course Material

ETH 125 Week 1 Assignment Journal Entry of a Subordinate Group Member

ETH 125 Week 1 CheckPoint Defining race and ethnicity

ETH 125 Week 1 CheckPoint The Sociology of Race and Ethnicity

ETH 125 Week 2 CheckPoint Implicit Association Test

ETH 125 Week 3 Assignment Ethnic Groups and Discrimination Italian Americans

ETH 125 Week 3 CheckPoint Modern Challenges in Immigration

ETH 125 Week 4 CheckPoint Leaders and Legislation of the Civil Rights and Black Power Movements Appendix C

ETH 125 Week 5 Assignment United States-Centric Views Comparison Appendix D

ETH 125 Week 5 CheckPoint Characteristics of Orientalism Prejudice and Discrimination

ETH 125 Week 6 CheckPoint Legislation Legacy

ETH 125 Week 7 Assignment Hispanic American Diversity

ETH 125 Week 7 Checkpoint The Official Language Movement

ETH 125 Week 8 CheckPoint Asian Americans According to the U.S. Census Bureau Appendix E

ETH 125 Week 9 Capstone Checkpoint

ETH 125 Week 9 Final Project Race and Your Community Institutional Racism in Baltimore Maryland

Term

ETH 125 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-125-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 125 Entire Course Material

ETH 125 Week 1 Assignment Journal Entry of a Subordinate Group Member

ETH 125 Week 1 CheckPoint Defining race and ethnicity

ETH 125 Week 1 CheckPoint The Sociology of Race and Ethnicity

ETH 125 Week 2 CheckPoint Implicit Association Test

ETH 125 Week 3 Assignment Ethnic Groups and Discrimination Italian Americans

ETH 125 Week 3 CheckPoint Modern Challenges in Immigration

ETH 125 Week 4 CheckPoint Leaders and Legislation of the Civil Rights and Black Power Movements Appendix C

ETH 125 Week 5 Assignment United States-Centric Views Comparison Appendix D

ETH 125 Week 5 CheckPoint Characteristics of Orientalism Prejudice and Discrimination

ETH 125 Week 6 CheckPoint Legislation Legacy

ETH 125 Week 7 Assignment Hispanic American Diversity

ETH 125 Week 7 Checkpoint The Official Language Movement

ETH 125 Week 8 CheckPoint Asian Americans According to the U.S. Census Bureau Appendix E

ETH 125 Week 9 Capstone Checkpoint

ETH 125 Week 9 Final Project Race and Your Community Institutional Racism in Baltimore Maryland

Definition

ETH 125 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-125-entire-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 125 Entire Course Material

ETH 125 Week 1 Assignment Journal Entry of a Subordinate Group Member

ETH 125 Week 1 CheckPoint Defining race and ethnicity

ETH 125 Week 1 CheckPoint The Sociology of Race and Ethnicity

ETH 125 Week 2 CheckPoint Implicit Association Test

ETH 125 Week 3 Assignment Ethnic Groups and Discrimination Italian Americans

ETH 125 Week 3 CheckPoint Modern Challenges in Immigration

ETH 125 Week 4 CheckPoint Leaders and Legislation of the Civil Rights and Black Power Movements Appendix C

ETH 125 Week 5 Assignment United States-Centric Views Comparison Appendix D

ETH 125 Week 5 CheckPoint Characteristics of Orientalism Prejudice and Discrimination

ETH 125 Week 6 CheckPoint Legislation Legacy

ETH 125 Week 7 Assignment Hispanic American Diversity

ETH 125 Week 7 Checkpoint The Official Language Movement

ETH 125 Week 8 CheckPoint Asian Americans According to the U.S. Census Bureau Appendix E

ETH 125 Week 9 Capstone Checkpoint

ETH 125 Week 9 Final Project Race and Your Community Institutional Racism in Baltimore Maryland

Term

ETH 316 Complete Course Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-316-complete-course-week-1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 316 Complete Course Week 1-5

ETH 316 Week 1 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

ETH 316 Week 1 Individual Assignment Ethics Essay

ETH 316 Week 2 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Community Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Community Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 3 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 3 Individual Assignment The Responsibility Project

ETH 316 Week 4 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Organizational Profile

ETH 316 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Organizational Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 5 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 5 Individual Assignment Cross-Cultural Perspectives

Definition

ETH 316 Complete Course Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-316-complete-course-week-1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 316 Complete Course Week 1-5

ETH 316 Week 1 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

ETH 316 Week 1 Individual Assignment Ethics Essay

ETH 316 Week 2 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Community Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Community Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 3 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 3 Individual Assignment The Responsibility Project

ETH 316 Week 4 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Organizational Profile

ETH 316 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Organizational Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 5 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 5 Individual Assignment Cross-Cultural Perspectives

Term

ETH 316 Complete Course Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-316-complete-course-week-1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 316 Complete Course Week 1-5

ETH 316 Week 1 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

ETH 316 Week 1 Individual Assignment Ethics Essay

ETH 316 Week 2 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Community Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Community Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 3 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 3 Individual Assignment The Responsibility Project

ETH 316 Week 4 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Organizational Profile

ETH 316 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Organizational Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 5 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 5 Individual Assignment Cross-Cultural Perspectives

Definition

ETH 316 Complete Course Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-316-complete-course-week-1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 316 Complete Course Week 1-5

ETH 316 Week 1 Discussion Questions 1 – 4

ETH 316 Week 1 Individual Assignment Ethics Essay

ETH 316 Week 2 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Community Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Community Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 3 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 3 Individual Assignment The Responsibility Project

ETH 316 Week 4 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Organizational Profile

ETH 316 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Organizational Profile Presentation

ETH 316 Week 5 Discussion Questions 1 – 5

ETH 316 Week 5 Individual Assignment Cross-Cultural Perspectives

Term

ETH 376 Entire Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-376-entire-course-amaterial/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 376 Week 1 DQs

ETH 376 Week 1 Individual Assignment AICPA Code of Professional Conduct

ETH 376 Week 2 DQs

ETH 376 Week 2 Assignment Ethicality of Accounting Activities

ETH 376 Week 2 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 3 DQs

ETH 376 Week 3 Assignment Legality & Ethicality of Financial Reporting

ETH 376 Week 3 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 4 DQs

ETH 376 Week 4 Individual Assignment Legality and Ethicality of Corporate Governance

ETH 376 Week 4 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 5 Assignment Standards Based Decision Making

ETH 376 Week 5 Team Reflection

Definition

ETH 376 Entire Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-376-entire-course-amaterial/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 376 Week 1 DQs

ETH 376 Week 1 Individual Assignment AICPA Code of Professional Conduct

ETH 376 Week 2 DQs

ETH 376 Week 2 Assignment Ethicality of Accounting Activities

ETH 376 Week 2 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 3 DQs

ETH 376 Week 3 Assignment Legality & Ethicality of Financial Reporting

ETH 376 Week 3 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 4 DQs

ETH 376 Week 4 Individual Assignment Legality and Ethicality of Corporate Governance

ETH 376 Week 4 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 5 Assignment Standards Based Decision Making

ETH 376 Week 5 Team Reflection

Term

ETH 376 Entire Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-376-entire-course-amaterial/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 376 Week 1 DQs

ETH 376 Week 1 Individual Assignment AICPA Code of Professional Conduct

ETH 376 Week 2 DQs

ETH 376 Week 2 Assignment Ethicality of Accounting Activities

ETH 376 Week 2 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 3 DQs

ETH 376 Week 3 Assignment Legality & Ethicality of Financial Reporting

ETH 376 Week 3 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 4 DQs

ETH 376 Week 4 Individual Assignment Legality and Ethicality of Corporate Governance

ETH 376 Week 4 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 5 Assignment Standards Based Decision Making

ETH 376 Week 5 Team Reflection

Definition

ETH 376 Entire Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/eth-376-entire-course-amaterial/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ETH 376 Week 1 DQs

ETH 376 Week 1 Individual Assignment AICPA Code of Professional Conduct

ETH 376 Week 2 DQs

ETH 376 Week 2 Assignment Ethicality of Accounting Activities

ETH 376 Week 2 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 3 DQs

ETH 376 Week 3 Assignment Legality & Ethicality of Financial Reporting

ETH 376 Week 3 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 4 DQs

ETH 376 Week 4 Individual Assignment Legality and Ethicality of Corporate Governance

ETH 376 Week 4 Team Reflection

ETH 376 Week 5 Assignment Standards Based Decision Making

ETH 376 Week 5 Team Reflection

Term

PRG 421 Complete Class Material Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/prg-421-version-10-complete-class-material-wk1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PRG 421 Week 1 Individual Assignment Hello World Program

PRG 421 Week 1 Supporting Activity Java Containers

PRG 421 Week 1 Supporting Activity Events and GUIs

PRG 421 Week 2 Individual Assignment Retail Calculator

PRG 421 Week 2 Supporting Activity Arrays and Combo Boxes

PRG 421 Week 2 Supporting Activity Menus

PRG 421 Week 3 Individual Assignment Individual Contact Information Program Part 1 and 2

PRG 421 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment, Charity Program

PRG 421 Week 3 Supporting Activity Exception Handler

PRG 421 Week 3 Supporting Activity Writing Code for a Data File

PRG 421 Week 4 Individual Assignment. Pie Chart Applet

PRG 421 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment (Charity Program)

PRG 421 Week 4 Supporting Activity Java Applets and Network Security

PRG 421 Week 4 Supporting Activity Java Applets Versus JavaScript

PRG 421 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment (Connect to Database, Charity Program)

PRG 421 Week 5 Supporting Activity Mobile App

PRG 421 Week 5 Supporting Activity JavaDB Tutorial

Definition

PRG 421 Complete Class Material Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/prg-421-version-10-complete-class-material-wk1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PRG 421 Week 1 Individual Assignment Hello World Program

PRG 421 Week 1 Supporting Activity Java Containers

PRG 421 Week 1 Supporting Activity Events and GUIs

PRG 421 Week 2 Individual Assignment Retail Calculator

PRG 421 Week 2 Supporting Activity Arrays and Combo Boxes

PRG 421 Week 2 Supporting Activity Menus

PRG 421 Week 3 Individual Assignment Individual Contact Information Program Part 1 and 2

PRG 421 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment, Charity Program

PRG 421 Week 3 Supporting Activity Exception Handler

PRG 421 Week 3 Supporting Activity Writing Code for a Data File

PRG 421 Week 4 Individual Assignment. Pie Chart Applet

PRG 421 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment (Charity Program)

PRG 421 Week 4 Supporting Activity Java Applets and Network Security

PRG 421 Week 4 Supporting Activity Java Applets Versus JavaScript

PRG 421 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment (Connect to Database, Charity Program)

PRG 421 Week 5 Supporting Activity Mobile App

PRG 421 Week 5 Supporting Activity JavaDB Tutorial

Term

RES 351 (Business Research Ethics) Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/res-351-business-research-ethics-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

RES 351 Week 1 Individual Assignment Current Events in Business Research

RES 351 Week 1 DQ 1

RES 351 Week 1 DQ 2

RES 351 Week 2 DQ 1

RES 351 Week 2 DQ 2

RES 351 Week 2 Individual Assignment Business Research Ethics

RES 351 Week 2 Team Summary

RES 351 Week 3 DQ 1

RES 351 Week 3 DQ 2

RES 351 Week 3 Individual Assignment The Responsibility Project

RES 351 Week 3 Individual Assignment Understanding Business Research Terms and Concepts Part 1

RES 351 Week 3 Team Assignment Preparing to Conduct Business Research, Part I

RES 351 Week 3 Team Summary research design for Consumer Direct

RES 351 Week 4 DQ 1

RES 351 Week 4 DQ 2

RES 351 Week 4 Individual Assignment Understanding Business Research Terms and Concepts Part 2

RES 351 Week 4 Team Assignment Business Research, Part II

RES 351 Week 4 Team Summary Reflections

RES 351 Week 5 Individual Understanding Business Research Terms and Concepts Part 3

RES 351 Week 5 Team Assigment Research Proposal

Definition

RES 351 (Business Research Ethics) Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/res-351-business-research-ethics-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

RES 351 Week 1 Individual Assignment Current Events in Business Research

RES 351 Week 1 DQ 1

RES 351 Week 1 DQ 2

RES 351 Week 2 DQ 1

RES 351 Week 2 DQ 2

RES 351 Week 2 Individual Assignment Business Research Ethics

RES 351 Week 2 Team Summary

RES 351 Week 3 DQ 1

RES 351 Week 3 DQ 2

RES 351 Week 3 Individual Assignment The Responsibility Project

RES 351 Week 3 Individual Assignment Understanding Business Research Terms and Concepts Part 1

RES 351 Week 3 Team Assignment Preparing to Conduct Business Research, Part I

RES 351 Week 3 Team Summary research design for Consumer Direct

RES 351 Week 4 DQ 1

RES 351 Week 4 DQ 2

RES 351 Week 4 Individual Assignment Understanding Business Research Terms and Concepts Part 2

RES 351 Week 4 Team Assignment Business Research, Part II

RES 351 Week 4 Team Summary Reflections

RES 351 Week 5 Individual Understanding Business Research Terms and Concepts Part 3

RES 351 Week 5 Team Assigment Research Proposal

Term

SCI 207 Ashford Complete Class Material ( A+Grade )

http://hwminute.com/downloads/sci-207-ashford-complete-class-material-agrade/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

SCI 207 Week 1 Innovation and Sustainability assignment

SCI 207 Wk 1 Discussions

SCI 207 Wk 1 Lab Population Biology

SCI 207 Wk 2 Discussions

SCI 207 Wk 2 Footprints Lab

SCI 207 Wk 2 Pinchot Lab

SCI 207 Wk 2 Pinchot Lab ( EXCEL )

SCI 207 Wk 3 Discussions

SCI 207 Wk 3 Global Warming - Outline

SCI 207 Wk 3 Quiz

SCI 207 Wk 4 Discussion Questions

SCI 207 Wk 4 Lab Greenhouse Gases

SCI 207 Wk 4 Nuclear Power

SCI 207 Wk 5 Discussions

SCI 207 Wk 5 Lab

SCI 207 Week 5 Assignment Final Paper

Definition

SCI 207 Ashford Complete Class Material ( A+Grade )

http://hwminute.com/downloads/sci-207-ashford-complete-class-material-agrade/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

SCI 207 Week 1 Innovation and Sustainability assignment

SCI 207 Wk 1 Discussions

SCI 207 Wk 1 Lab Population Biology

SCI 207 Wk 2 Discussions

SCI 207 Wk 2 Footprints Lab

SCI 207 Wk 2 Pinchot Lab

SCI 207 Wk 2 Pinchot Lab ( EXCEL )

SCI 207 Wk 3 Discussions

SCI 207 Wk 3 Global Warming - Outline

SCI 207 Wk 3 Quiz

SCI 207 Wk 4 Discussion Questions

SCI 207 Wk 4 Lab Greenhouse Gases

SCI 207 Wk 4 Nuclear Power

SCI 207 Wk 5 Discussions

SCI 207 Wk 5 Lab

SCI 207 Week 5 Assignment Final Paper

Term

RES 342 Complete Class Assignments

Click the link below to purchase RES342

Visit: Hwminute.com

http://hwminute.com/downloads/res-342-complete-class-assignments/

RES342 ANOVA and NonParametric Test Simulation

RES342 Week 1 E-Text 8.48, 8.64

RES342 Week 1 Individual Assignment Hypothesis Identification Article Analysis

RES342 Week 2 E-Text 9.54, 9.56, 9.62, 9.64

RES342 Week 2 One Sample Hypothesis Testing Paper

RES342 Week 3 Applying ANOVA and NonParametric Tests

RES342 Week 3 E-Text 10.30,10.44,10.46,10.56,11.24

RES342 Week 3 Two Sample Hypothesis Test

RES342 Week 4 E-Text 15.18,15.22,15.24,15.28

RES342 Week 4 NonParametric Hypothesis Testing Paper

RES342 Week 4 Parametric and Nonparametric Data Identification Assignment

RES342 Week 5 Assignment Time Series Methodogies Memo

Definition

RES 342 Complete Class Assignments

Click the link below to purchase RES342

Visit: Hwminute.com

http://hwminute.com/downloads/res-342-complete-class-assignments/

RES342 ANOVA and NonParametric Test Simulation

RES342 Week 1 E-Text 8.48, 8.64

RES342 Week 1 Individual Assignment Hypothesis Identification Article Analysis

RES342 Week 2 E-Text 9.54, 9.56, 9.62, 9.64

RES342 Week 2 One Sample Hypothesis Testing Paper

RES342 Week 3 Applying ANOVA and NonParametric Tests

RES342 Week 3 E-Text 10.30,10.44,10.46,10.56,11.24

RES342 Week 3 Two Sample Hypothesis Test

RES342 Week 4 E-Text 15.18,15.22,15.24,15.28

RES342 Week 4 NonParametric Hypothesis Testing Paper

RES342 Week 4 Parametric and Nonparametric Data Identification Assignment

RES342 Week 5 Assignment Time Series Methodogies Memo

Term

RES 320 FINAL EXAM

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/res-320-final-exam/

RES 320 Solution

Questions

Researchers who have strong opinions about the subject of a study are likely to do a better job of conducting the research. | 1

Research may be used as a diagnostic tool to provide information about what is happening in the environment. | 2

When a decision must be made about a specific real-life problem, we would conduct ____ research. | 3.

Information that is not relevant to the decision at hand is called “incomplete.” | 4

A company’s private data network, which offers information that is available only inside that organization, is called: A. electronic data interchange (EDI). B. The World Wide Web. C. an Internet. D. an Intranet. E. electronic mail. | 5

A hypothesis is a proven proposition that asserts the probable answers to research questions. | 6

An ethical researcher would inform respondents of deceptions used in a research project after the project was completed. | 7

The right to privacy is absolute and cannot be waived by anyone under any circumstances. | 8

According to the textbook, which of the following is least likely to be considered unethical?

A. A telemarketer selling carpeting begins the telephone sales call by saying he or she is conducting a survey about carpeting.

B. A researcher does not tell his or her client that the sampling procedure in the proposal was considered too expensive, so an alternative sampling technique was used.

C. Researchers do not tell respondents to a survey sponsoring the survey; that is they maintain a discreet silence about the sponsor of a survey by avoiding the issue.

D. The researcher who identifies the most likely prospects for a new photocopying machine passes the names of these people to the sales manager. | 9

Which of the following should be considered before a researcher decides to use deception in a study?

A. importance of the study

B. availability of alternative methods

C. physical danger of psychological harm to subjects

D. all of the above | 10

In a focus group, the moderator’s job is to prepare a standard set of questions to ask each group member. | 11

The purpose of the case study method is to obtain information from as many similar case situations as possible. | 12

An experience survey is classified as exploratory research. | 13

The ideal focus group size is

A. less than 5 people.

B. 6-10 people.

C. approximately 25 people.

D. more than 100 people. | 14

Which of the following is an advantage of a depth interview?

A. high degree of structure

B. valuable insights into motivation

C. need for a skilled interviewer

D. inexpensive

E. quickly and easily completed. | 15

Researchers should be willing to do cross-checks of data from multiple sources to determine the similarity of independent projects. | 16

Secondary data are gathered and recorded by someone prior to (and for purposes other than) the current needs of researchers. | 17

Two major drawbacks of secondary data are determining the accuracy of the data and finding data that fit the specifications of the project. | 18

Although the observation method may be used to describe a wide variety of behaviors, cognitive phenomena such as attitudes, motivations, and preferences cannot be observed. | 19

In direct observation, if the observer is subjective in the recording of what is occurring, the study is said to have

A. systematic bias.

B. observer bias.

C. demand characteristics.

D. human error.

E. response latency. | 20

A ranking task requires that the respondent estimate the magnitude of some characteristic of the stimuli. | 21

At the race track, to say that a winning ticket pays 40 to 1 for a winning bet indicates a ratio scale. | 22.

Pretesting involves administering a sample of a questionnaire to a group of respondents before having them fill out the complete questionnaire. | 23.

Managers with experience in marketing research realize that constructing a questionnaire is a fairly simple task. | 24.

Which of the following is not an advantage of open-ended questions?

A. respondents free to answer whatever they want

B. discovering unanticipated responses

C. “warming up” respondents at the beginning of an interview

D. minimizing interviewer bias

E. All of the above are advantages. | 25. |

Definition

RES 320 FINAL EXAM

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/res-320-final-exam/

RES 320 Solution

Questions

Researchers who have strong opinions about the subject of a study are likely to do a better job of conducting the research. | 1

Research may be used as a diagnostic tool to provide information about what is happening in the environment. | 2

When a decision must be made about a specific real-life problem, we would conduct ____ research. | 3.

Information that is not relevant to the decision at hand is called “incomplete.” | 4

A company’s private data network, which offers information that is available only inside that organization, is called: A. electronic data interchange (EDI). B. The World Wide Web. C. an Internet. D. an Intranet. E. electronic mail. | 5

A hypothesis is a proven proposition that asserts the probable answers to research questions. | 6

An ethical researcher would inform respondents of deceptions used in a research project after the project was completed. | 7

The right to privacy is absolute and cannot be waived by anyone under any circumstances. | 8

According to the textbook, which of the following is least likely to be considered unethical?

A. A telemarketer selling carpeting begins the telephone sales call by saying he or she is conducting a survey about carpeting.

B. A researcher does not tell his or her client that the sampling procedure in the proposal was considered too expensive, so an alternative sampling technique was used.

C. Researchers do not tell respondents to a survey sponsoring the survey; that is they maintain a discreet silence about the sponsor of a survey by avoiding the issue.

D. The researcher who identifies the most likely prospects for a new photocopying machine passes the names of these people to the sales manager. | 9

Which of the following should be considered before a researcher decides to use deception in a study?

A. importance of the study

B. availability of alternative methods

C. physical danger of psychological harm to subjects

D. all of the above | 10

In a focus group, the moderator’s job is to prepare a standard set of questions to ask each group member. | 11

The purpose of the case study method is to obtain information from as many similar case situations as possible. | 12

An experience survey is classified as exploratory research. | 13

The ideal focus group size is

A. less than 5 people.

B. 6-10 people.

C. approximately 25 people.

D. more than 100 people. | 14

Which of the following is an advantage of a depth interview?

A. high degree of structure

B. valuable insights into motivation

C. need for a skilled interviewer

D. inexpensive

E. quickly and easily completed. | 15

Researchers should be willing to do cross-checks of data from multiple sources to determine the similarity of independent projects. | 16

Secondary data are gathered and recorded by someone prior to (and for purposes other than) the current needs of researchers. | 17

Two major drawbacks of secondary data are determining the accuracy of the data and finding data that fit the specifications of the project. | 18

Although the observation method may be used to describe a wide variety of behaviors, cognitive phenomena such as attitudes, motivations, and preferences cannot be observed. | 19

In direct observation, if the observer is subjective in the recording of what is occurring, the study is said to have

A. systematic bias.

B. observer bias.

C. demand characteristics.

D. human error.

E. response latency. | 20

A ranking task requires that the respondent estimate the magnitude of some characteristic of the stimuli. | 21

At the race track, to say that a winning ticket pays 40 to 1 for a winning bet indicates a ratio scale. | 22.

Pretesting involves administering a sample of a questionnaire to a group of respondents before having them fill out the complete questionnaire. | 23.

Managers with experience in marketing research realize that constructing a questionnaire is a fairly simple task. | 24.

Which of the following is not an advantage of open-ended questions?

A. respondents free to answer whatever they want

B. discovering unanticipated responses

C. “warming up” respondents at the beginning of an interview

D. minimizing interviewer bias

E. All of the above are advantages. | 25. |

Term

QRB 501 Complete Class Week 1-6

Click the link below to Purchase QRB/501 Entire Class

http://hwminute.com/downloads/qrb-501-complete-class-week-1-6-a-graded/

Please Visit our website:

http://hwminute.com/

QRB/501 Entire Class

QRB 501 Week 1 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 1 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 1 Summary

QRB 501 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Inventory Systems Summary

QRB 501 Week 2 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 2 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 2 Summary

QRB 501 Week 3 Individual Assignment Forecasting with Indices

QRB 501 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Inventory Proposal Part I

QRB 501 Week 3 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 3 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 3 Summary

QRB 501 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Inventory Proposal Part II

QRB 501 Week 4 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 4 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 4 Summary

QRB 501 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Inventory Proposal Part III

QRB 501 Week 5 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 5 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 5 Summary

QRB 501 Week 6 Learning Team Assignment Executive Management Presentation

QRB 501 Week 6 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 6 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 6 Summary

Definition

QRB 501 Complete Class Week 1-6

Click the link below to Purchase QRB/501 Entire Class

http://hwminute.com/downloads/qrb-501-complete-class-week-1-6-a-graded/

Please Visit our website:

http://hwminute.com/

QRB/501 Entire Class

QRB 501 Week 1 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 1 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 1 Summary

QRB 501 Week 2 Learning Team Assignment Inventory Systems Summary

QRB 501 Week 2 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 2 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 2 Summary

QRB 501 Week 3 Individual Assignment Forecasting with Indices

QRB 501 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Inventory Proposal Part I

QRB 501 Week 3 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 3 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 3 Summary

QRB 501 Week 4 Learning Team Assignment Inventory Proposal Part II

QRB 501 Week 4 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 4 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 4 Summary

QRB 501 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Inventory Proposal Part III

QRB 501 Week 5 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 5 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 5 Summary

QRB 501 Week 6 Learning Team Assignment Executive Management Presentation

QRB 501 Week 6 DQ 1

QRB 501 Week 6 DQ 2

QRB 501 Week 6 Summary

Term

QNT 561 Final Exam Guide

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/qnt-561-final-exam/

QNT 561 Final Exam

2) Which level of measurement is required for the median?

3) Which level of measurement is required for the mode?

4) In a set of observations, which measure of central tendency reports the value that occurs most often?

5) The weighted mean is a special case of what?

6) A sample of 5 companies were examined for changes in their relative market share. The results showed the following increases and decreases: –5, 10, 10, 5, –10.

7) The difference between the sample mean and the population mean is called the

8) A local trade union consists of plumbers and electricians. Classified according to rank:

Apprentice

Journeyman

Master

Total

Plumbers

25

20

30

75

Electricians

15

40

20

75

40

60

50

A member of the union is selected at random. Given that the person selected is an electrician, what is the probability that the person is a master?

9) Suppose a population consisted of 20 items. How many different samples of n = 3 are possible?

10) The mean and the variance are equal in

11) In the 1936 Presidential Election Franklin D. Roosevelt defeated Alfred E. Landon in a landslide vote. A Landon victory had been predicted by the Literary Digest, a magazine that ran the oldest, largest, and most widely publicized of the polls at the time. The Digest’s final prediction was based on 10 million sample ballots mailed to prospective voters, and 2.3 million were returned. The sample of voters was drawn from lists of automobile and telephone owners. Despite the massive size of this sample, it failed to predict a Roosevelt victory, being off the mark by 19 percentage points. The Digest was wrong because

12) In a study on the effect of reinforcement on learning from a company online training program, two experimental treatments are planned: reinforcement given after every learning module, or reinforcement given after every two learning modules. Reinforcement is accomplished with the addition of more examples. Which one of the following control groups would serve best in this study?

13) The central limit theorem is important to market researchers because it states that as sample sizes increase, the distribution of the sample ________ collected from consumers on any topic of interest being researched approaches the normal distribution.

14) To find confidence intervals for the mean of a normal distribution, the t distribution is usually used in practical applications instead of the standard normal distribution because

15) We wish to develop a confidence interval for the population mean. The population follows the normal distribution, the standard deviation of the population is 3, and we have a sample of 10 observations. We decide to use the 90% level of confidence. The appropriate value of to represent the level of confidence is

16) Which of the following is a correct statement about a probability?

17) The special rule of addition is used to combine

18) We use the general rule of multiplication to combine

19) A discrete variable

20) A nominal scale variable

21) The ratio scale of measurement

22) In the world of market research, the use of a questionnaire often plays a vital role in gaining useful business intelligence because

23) A Type I error is

24) In a two-sample test of means for independent samples, we use the z distribution when

25) Which of the following is a requirement for a two-sample test of proportions?

26) Bob is interested in opening a candy store in his town. He believes that his customers will spend an average of $75 or more in annual purchases (the alternative hypothesis). Bob hires a consultant to test this belief. The consultant tested this conjecture on a sample of 100 customers and found the p-value for the test statistic satisfied p > .25, then

27) A carefully designed business experiment has just been concluded. Unfortunately, use of alpha = .05 indicated no significant differences among four treatments. What useful information can you supply future investigators when you report on this experiment?

Definition

QNT 561 Final Exam Guide

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/qnt-561-final-exam/

QNT 561 Final Exam

2) Which level of measurement is required for the median?

3) Which level of measurement is required for the mode?

4) In a set of observations, which measure of central tendency reports the value that occurs most often?

5) The weighted mean is a special case of what?

6) A sample of 5 companies were examined for changes in their relative market share. The results showed the following increases and decreases: –5, 10, 10, 5, –10.

7) The difference between the sample mean and the population mean is called the

8) A local trade union consists of plumbers and electricians. Classified according to rank:

Apprentice

Journeyman

Master

Total

Plumbers

25

20

30

75

Electricians

15

40

20

75

40

60

50

A member of the union is selected at random. Given that the person selected is an electrician, what is the probability that the person is a master?

9) Suppose a population consisted of 20 items. How many different samples of n = 3 are possible?

10) The mean and the variance are equal in

11) In the 1936 Presidential Election Franklin D. Roosevelt defeated Alfred E. Landon in a landslide vote. A Landon victory had been predicted by the Literary Digest, a magazine that ran the oldest, largest, and most widely publicized of the polls at the time. The Digest’s final prediction was based on 10 million sample ballots mailed to prospective voters, and 2.3 million were returned. The sample of voters was drawn from lists of automobile and telephone owners. Despite the massive size of this sample, it failed to predict a Roosevelt victory, being off the mark by 19 percentage points. The Digest was wrong because

12) In a study on the effect of reinforcement on learning from a company online training program, two experimental treatments are planned: reinforcement given after every learning module, or reinforcement given after every two learning modules. Reinforcement is accomplished with the addition of more examples. Which one of the following control groups would serve best in this study?

13) The central limit theorem is important to market researchers because it states that as sample sizes increase, the distribution of the sample ________ collected from consumers on any topic of interest being researched approaches the normal distribution.

14) To find confidence intervals for the mean of a normal distribution, the t distribution is usually used in practical applications instead of the standard normal distribution because

15) We wish to develop a confidence interval for the population mean. The population follows the normal distribution, the standard deviation of the population is 3, and we have a sample of 10 observations. We decide to use the 90% level of confidence. The appropriate value of to represent the level of confidence is

16) Which of the following is a correct statement about a probability?

17) The special rule of addition is used to combine

18) We use the general rule of multiplication to combine

19) A discrete variable

20) A nominal scale variable

21) The ratio scale of measurement

22) In the world of market research, the use of a questionnaire often plays a vital role in gaining useful business intelligence because

23) A Type I error is

24) In a two-sample test of means for independent samples, we use the z distribution when

25) Which of the following is a requirement for a two-sample test of proportions?

26) Bob is interested in opening a candy store in his town. He believes that his customers will spend an average of $75 or more in annual purchases (the alternative hypothesis). Bob hires a consultant to test this belief. The consultant tested this conjecture on a sample of 100 customers and found the p-value for the test statistic satisfied p > .25, then

27) A carefully designed business experiment has just been concluded. Unfortunately, use of alpha = .05 indicated no significant differences among four treatments. What useful information can you supply future investigators when you report on this experiment?

Term

QNT 351 Version 3 Quantitative Analysis for Business

http://hwminute.com/downloads/qnt-351-version-3-quantitative-analysis-for-business/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

QNT 351 Version 3 Quantitative Analysis for Business

Course Description

Week One: Understanding the Meaning of Statistics

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

1.1 Explain the role of statistics in business research and its application in business decision making.

1.2 Differentiate between qualitative and quantitative variables.

1.3 Differentiate among the four levels of measurement and how they are used in data collection for research.

Reading

Read Ch. 1 of Statistics for Business and Economics.

Reading

Read “Levels of Measurement” in Ch. 1 of Basic Statistics for Business and Economics.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

Ongoing

25

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

10/16/13

10/18/13

10/20/13

25

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Week One Optional Activity

Develop five demographic questions to measure gender, age, years of experience, level of education, and ethnicity. Identify the level of measurement used.

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Four Levels of Measurement Scenario

Data was collected by a large car manufacturer concerning a new prototype car, the Cielo. Thirty carefully selected respondents were shown the car and fully briefed about its capabilities. The data collected included age in years, gender, social status—ranging from 10, low status, to 30, high status measured by Likert scale; attitude toward the Cielo—ranging from 6, negative attitude, to 30, positive attitude measured by Likert Scale; and intention to purchase the Cielo—yes or no.

Use the previous scenario to identify the following:

Whether the data is qualitative or quantitative

The measurement level for each variable

Justify your answer with your understanding of four levels of measurement.

Develop 1 to 2 research questions that could be answered by the data.

Discuss how the findings might help with business decision making.

Format your citations consistent with APA guidelines.

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

MyStatLab^®Orientation

Review the MyStatLab^® Student Instructions PowerPoint^® presentation.

Log on to MyStatLab^®.

Complete the MyStatLab^®Orientation exercise.

Individual

Statistics in Business

Write a 300-word summary that addresses the following criteria:

Define statistics.

Identify different types and levels of statistics.

Describe the role of statistics in business decision making.

Provide at least three examples or problem situations in which statistics was used or could be used.

10/21/13

50

Week Two: Describing Data

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

2

2.1 Present qualitative and quantitative data in tables and charts.

2.2 Calculate central tendency and dispersion.

2.3 Describe the shape of data distribution in charts—box plot, stem and leaf plot, dot plot, and so on.

Reading

Read Ch. 2 of Statistics for Business and Economics.

Reading

Read Ch. 4 of Basic Statistics for Business and Economics

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

Ongoing

25

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

10/23/13

10/25/13

10/27/13

25

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Week Two Optional Activity

Resource: University of Phoenix Material: Optional Activity Data Set

Download the optional activity data set.

Review the age and gender data in the data set.

Display gender information in a chart and plot age data in a box plot.

Calculate the appropriate measure of central tendency and variability for the age and gender. What conclusion can you draw from the data?

Individual

MyStatLab^® Problems

Complete the assigned problems in MyStatLab^®.

Note: You will have an unlimited number of attempts to answer each problem correctly.

10/28/13

60

Learning Team

Data Collection

Use either the data one of your Learning Team members retained from RES/351 or the data from University of Phoenix Material: Ballard Integrated Managed Services, Inc., Part 1.

Discuss with your team whether you have data from RES/351, and if your team would like to use one team member’s data for the Learning Team assignments in this course.

If using data from RES/351:

Resources: Data collected from RES/351

Prepare a 700- to 1,050-word written report along with a 5- to 7-slide Microsoft^® PowerPoint^® presentation for the senior management team or stakeholders of your RES/351 research project to present your findings.

Address the following:

Present the chosen situation as an overview—problem, purpose, research questions, and hypotheses.

Describe the instrument used for data collection.

Identify types of data—quantitative, quantitative, or both—and how the data is collected.

Identify the level of measurement for each of the variables involved in the study.

Code the data if you have not done so. Describe how the data is coded and evaluate the procedure used.

Clean the data by eliminating the data input errors made.

Draw conclusions about appropriateness of the data to meet the purpose of the study.

If you decide not to use your own data, you can use the Ballard Integrated Managed Services, Inc., case study overview:

Resources: University of Phoenix Material: Ballard Integrated Managed Services, Inc., Part 1

Review the Ballard Integrated Managed Services, Inc. (BIMS), Part 1 case study overview.

Prepare a 700- to 1,050-word written report along with a 5- to 7-slide Microsoft^® PowerPoint^® presentation for the senior management team to present your findings (see Exhibit B for the data set of the second survey).

Address the following:

Present the BIMS situation as an overview—problem, purpose, research questions, and hypotheses.

Describe the instrument used for data collection.

Identify types of data collected—quantitative, qualitative, or both—and how the data is collected.

Identify the level of measurement for each of the variables involved in the study.

Code the data if you have not done so. Describe how the data is coded and evaluate the procedure used.

Clean the data by eliminating the data input errors made.

Draw conclusions about appropriateness of the data to meet the purpose of the study.

Note. As consultants to BIMS, your Learning Team is expected to prepare and deliver a professional product addressing the client’s needs.

10/28/13

80

Week Three: Probability Concepts and Continuous Probability

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

3

3.1 Explain discrete and continuous probability, rules of probability, and classical, empirical, and subjective approaches to probability.

3.2 Describe characteristics of standard normal distribution.

3.3 Calculate area between two data values and area above or below a certain value.

Reading

Read Ch. 3 of Statistics for Business and Economics.

Reading

Read Ch. 4 of Statistics for Business and Economics.

Reading

Read Ch. 5 of Basic Statistics for Business and Economics.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

Ongoing

25

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

10/30/13

11/01/13

11/03/13

25

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Standard Error of Mean

Calculate standard error of mean and make an inference about the accuracy of the mean by analyzing problem 4.164 in Statistics for Business and Economics.

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Associated Probability

Resources: Table IV in Appendix B of Statistics for Business and Economics

Demonstrate how to find the area under the normal curve.

Determine the associated probability with z-score = 1.96.

Open Table IV Under Curve areas and find .475.

Find the same information by working the problem backwards, starting with the alpha (significance level).

Individual

MyStatLab^® Problems

Complete the assigned problems in MyStatLab^®.

Note: You will have an unlimited number of attempts to answer each problem correctly.

11/04/13

60

Learning Team

Summarizing and Presenting Data

If using RES/351 data:

Definition

QNT 351 Version 3 Quantitative Analysis for Business

http://hwminute.com/downloads/qnt-351-version-3-quantitative-analysis-for-business/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

QNT 351 Version 3 Quantitative Analysis for Business

Course Description

Week One: Understanding the Meaning of Statistics

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

1.1 Explain the role of statistics in business research and its application in business decision making.

1.2 Differentiate between qualitative and quantitative variables.

1.3 Differentiate among the four levels of measurement and how they are used in data collection for research.

Reading

Read Ch. 1 of Statistics for Business and Economics.

Reading

Read “Levels of Measurement” in Ch. 1 of Basic Statistics for Business and Economics.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

Ongoing

25

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

10/16/13

10/18/13

10/20/13

25

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Week One Optional Activity

Develop five demographic questions to measure gender, age, years of experience, level of education, and ethnicity. Identify the level of measurement used.

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Four Levels of Measurement Scenario

Data was collected by a large car manufacturer concerning a new prototype car, the Cielo. Thirty carefully selected respondents were shown the car and fully briefed about its capabilities. The data collected included age in years, gender, social status—ranging from 10, low status, to 30, high status measured by Likert scale; attitude toward the Cielo—ranging from 6, negative attitude, to 30, positive attitude measured by Likert Scale; and intention to purchase the Cielo—yes or no.

Use the previous scenario to identify the following:

Whether the data is qualitative or quantitative

The measurement level for each variable

Justify your answer with your understanding of four levels of measurement.

Develop 1 to 2 research questions that could be answered by the data.

Discuss how the findings might help with business decision making.

Format your citations consistent with APA guidelines.

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

MyStatLab^®Orientation

Review the MyStatLab^® Student Instructions PowerPoint^® presentation.

Log on to MyStatLab^®.

Complete the MyStatLab^®Orientation exercise.

Individual

Statistics in Business

Write a 300-word summary that addresses the following criteria:

Define statistics.

Identify different types and levels of statistics.

Describe the role of statistics in business decision making.

Provide at least three examples or problem situations in which statistics was used or could be used.

10/21/13

50

Week Two: Describing Data

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

2

2.1 Present qualitative and quantitative data in tables and charts.

2.2 Calculate central tendency and dispersion.

2.3 Describe the shape of data distribution in charts—box plot, stem and leaf plot, dot plot, and so on.

Reading

Read Ch. 2 of Statistics for Business and Economics.

Reading

Read Ch. 4 of Basic Statistics for Business and Economics

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

Ongoing

25

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

10/23/13

10/25/13

10/27/13

25

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Week Two Optional Activity

Resource: University of Phoenix Material: Optional Activity Data Set

Download the optional activity data set.

Review the age and gender data in the data set.

Display gender information in a chart and plot age data in a box plot.

Calculate the appropriate measure of central tendency and variability for the age and gender. What conclusion can you draw from the data?

Individual

MyStatLab^® Problems

Complete the assigned problems in MyStatLab^®.

Note: You will have an unlimited number of attempts to answer each problem correctly.

10/28/13

60

Learning Team

Data Collection

Use either the data one of your Learning Team members retained from RES/351 or the data from University of Phoenix Material: Ballard Integrated Managed Services, Inc., Part 1.

Discuss with your team whether you have data from RES/351, and if your team would like to use one team member’s data for the Learning Team assignments in this course.

If using data from RES/351:

Resources: Data collected from RES/351

Prepare a 700- to 1,050-word written report along with a 5- to 7-slide Microsoft^® PowerPoint^® presentation for the senior management team or stakeholders of your RES/351 research project to present your findings.

Address the following:

Present the chosen situation as an overview—problem, purpose, research questions, and hypotheses.

Describe the instrument used for data collection.

Identify types of data—quantitative, quantitative, or both—and how the data is collected.

Identify the level of measurement for each of the variables involved in the study.

Code the data if you have not done so. Describe how the data is coded and evaluate the procedure used.

Clean the data by eliminating the data input errors made.

Draw conclusions about appropriateness of the data to meet the purpose of the study.

If you decide not to use your own data, you can use the Ballard Integrated Managed Services, Inc., case study overview:

Resources: University of Phoenix Material: Ballard Integrated Managed Services, Inc., Part 1

Review the Ballard Integrated Managed Services, Inc. (BIMS), Part 1 case study overview.

Prepare a 700- to 1,050-word written report along with a 5- to 7-slide Microsoft^® PowerPoint^® presentation for the senior management team to present your findings (see Exhibit B for the data set of the second survey).

Address the following:

Present the BIMS situation as an overview—problem, purpose, research questions, and hypotheses.

Describe the instrument used for data collection.

Identify types of data collected—quantitative, qualitative, or both—and how the data is collected.

Identify the level of measurement for each of the variables involved in the study.

Code the data if you have not done so. Describe how the data is coded and evaluate the procedure used.

Clean the data by eliminating the data input errors made.

Draw conclusions about appropriateness of the data to meet the purpose of the study.

Note. As consultants to BIMS, your Learning Team is expected to prepare and deliver a professional product addressing the client’s needs.

10/28/13

80

Week Three: Probability Concepts and Continuous Probability

Details

Due

Points

Objectives

3

3.1 Explain discrete and continuous probability, rules of probability, and classical, empirical, and subjective approaches to probability.

3.2 Describe characteristics of standard normal distribution.

3.3 Calculate area between two data values and area above or below a certain value.

Reading

Read Ch. 3 of Statistics for Business and Economics.

Reading

Read Ch. 4 of Statistics for Business and Economics.

Reading

Read Ch. 5 of Basic Statistics for Business and Economics.

Participation

Participate in class discussion.

Ongoing

25

Discussion Questions

Respond to weekly discussion questions.

10/30/13

11/01/13

11/03/13

25

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Standard Error of Mean

Calculate standard error of mean and make an inference about the accuracy of the mean by analyzing problem 4.164 in Statistics for Business and Economics.

Nongraded Activities and Preparation

Associated Probability

Resources: Table IV in Appendix B of Statistics for Business and Economics

Demonstrate how to find the area under the normal curve.

Determine the associated probability with z-score = 1.96.

Open Table IV Under Curve areas and find .475.

Find the same information by working the problem backwards, starting with the alpha (significance level).

Individual

MyStatLab^® Problems

Complete the assigned problems in MyStatLab^®.

Note: You will have an unlimited number of attempts to answer each problem correctly.

11/04/13

60

Learning Team

Summarizing and Presenting Data

If using RES/351 data:

Term

PSY 496 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-496-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 496 Complete Course Material

PSY 496 Week 1 DQ 1 Approaches to Research

Week 1 DQ 1

Approaches to Research

Think about the variety of research approaches you have studied to date.

How will you know what research approach is more appropriate than another with a particular research question or population of interest? How do psychologists develop confidence in making these types of decisions? What will you need to do to build confidence in your ability to select a methodological approach that matches the research questions that interest you?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What other suggestions might you have for your classmate to build their confidence in selecting an appropriate methodological approach? Explain your reasoning. How will building their confidence in this area lead to a more sound sense of research development?

PSY 496 Week 1 Assignment Foundations for the Final Paper

PSY 496 Week 1 DQ 2 Measuring Change

Week 1 DQ 2

Measuring Change

Why is it so important to measure change? As a psychology major, will your goal always be to change behavior?

What others goals might you pursue? What types of behaviors, either your own or others’ around you, would you be interested in changing? How would you measure that change?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers who chose a different goal to pursue than you. How would you suggest measuring the change in behavior they discussed? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 2 Assignment Finalized Resources and Revisions for the Final Paper

PSY 496 Week 2 DQ 1 Protecting Participants from Harm

Week 2 DQ 1

Protecting Participants from Harm

In considering past research, it is sometimes easier to see when physical harms are occurring as opposed to psychological harms.

If you were conducting research on a psychologically sensitive topic, what steps might you need to follow to ensure that no psychological harm was occurring? In other words, how do you know if psychological harm is occurring during a research study? If you were to discover the occurrence of psychological harm, what would be your next steps as a researcher?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What, if any, additional steps would you recommend to ensure the safety of the participants? Explain your reasoning. Why are these steps important in protecting human and animal participants from harm?

PSY 496 Week 2 DQ 2 Areas of Competence

Week 2 DQ 2

Areas of Competence

Dr. Martin decides he wants to extend his practice to treating children.

He has never had any training in child psychology but begins to read books on the topic. He also starts seeing children for therapy and advertises himself as a child psychologist. Is Martin acting ethically? Why or why not?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What additional rationale might you provide as to why acting ethically within the field of psychology is important? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 2 Journal Ethics in Research and Practice

PSY 496 Week 3 Assignment Final Paper Draft

PSY 496 Week 3 DQ 1 Perceptions of Psychology

Perceptions of Psychology

Think about the perceptions you had about psychology before you began your formal, college-level study of psychology.

Did you think that psychology would be easier or harder than the other disciplines you could have studied? Has your perception of psychology changed? Which components of an education in psychology are you finding the most worthwhile, and which components seem disconnected from other avenues of study you are pursuing?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. How was the evolution of their perception different

PSY 496 Week 3 DQ 2 Psychology Program

Psychology Program

You are near the end of your journey in the undergraduate psychology program.

Given the sights that you have seen over the course of your journey, would you do it over again? If you were starting again from day one, would you still choose the psychology program? Why or why not? Are there other areas of psychology that interest you that you have yet to explore? If so, how do you plan to explore those areas? What are some of the continuing education opportunities (formal or informal) that exist for the field of psychology?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. Is their perspective similar or different from yours? How are the ways that they may or may not have changed their academic path similar to or different from yours? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 4 DQ 1 Present Identity Development

Present Identity Development

What stage of identity development are you currently in? Why do you see yourself in this particular stage?

What experiences have led you to this stage? Describe scenes, surroundings, events, feelings, thoughts, and reflections. Utilize at least one scholarly source that is cited according to APA format to support your perspective.

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers who are in a different stage of identity development than you. How have your experiences in life differed from theirs? How are those experiences similar?

PSY 496 Week 4 DQ 2 Future Identity Development

Future Identity Development

Discuss a future stage of identity development and what you believe it will take for you to move on to that future stage?

What steps will you need to take in your life? What will that look like for you personally and professionally? How will you be different from who you are today? What will be difficult for you? What are the barriers to moving forward? Utilize at least one scholarly source that is cited according to APA format to support your perspective.

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What additional steps, if any, would you suggest to ensure barriers are minimized as your classmates move toward a future sense of identity? Why? What possible difficulties do you foresee? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 4 Journal Multicultural Issues

PSY 496 Week 5 Assignment Final Paper

PSY 496 Week 5 DQ 1 Approaches to Education

Approaches to Education

You may have conversations from time to time with students who are attending college differently than you do.

You might make the argument that an online education is superior, listing the advantages you have experienced. Another person who attended a “brick-and-mortar” campus may not think as highly of online coursework, and may provide his or her list of advantages for that type of learning experience. How might you design a study to systematically examine the similarities and differences that exist among online, classroom, and hybrid educational approaches? Based on your design, how would you measure the outcomes (i.e., which type of learning approach is superior)? Utilize at least one scholarly source that is cited according to APA format to support your perspective.

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers who responded with a different stance than you. What suggestions would you have to improve their proposed study? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 5 DQ 2 Tolerating Uncertainty

Tolerating Uncertainty

Why is it so hard to tolerate uncertainty? By now you’ve taken a number of courses in psychology and in other subjects.

Thinking broadly, what makes uncertainty so difficult to handle? Why do we need to know how the story turns out; can’t we just enjoy the journey without knowing the precise destination? Can you think of specific instances in your life where you tolerated high levels of uncertainty well? Can you think of a situation (or two) where you did not handle high levels of uncertainty so well? What were the key differences between those situations, and what can you learn from studying your own reactions to uncertainty?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What suggestions would you give to help your classmate process a certain level of uncertainty as they reach the end of their degree program? Explain your reasoning. How have the situations they described differed from yours? How are they similar?

Definition

PSY 496 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-496-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 496 Complete Course Material

PSY 496 Week 1 DQ 1 Approaches to Research

Week 1 DQ 1

Approaches to Research

Think about the variety of research approaches you have studied to date.

How will you know what research approach is more appropriate than another with a particular research question or population of interest? How do psychologists develop confidence in making these types of decisions? What will you need to do to build confidence in your ability to select a methodological approach that matches the research questions that interest you?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What other suggestions might you have for your classmate to build their confidence in selecting an appropriate methodological approach? Explain your reasoning. How will building their confidence in this area lead to a more sound sense of research development?

PSY 496 Week 1 Assignment Foundations for the Final Paper

PSY 496 Week 1 DQ 2 Measuring Change

Week 1 DQ 2

Measuring Change

Why is it so important to measure change? As a psychology major, will your goal always be to change behavior?

What others goals might you pursue? What types of behaviors, either your own or others’ around you, would you be interested in changing? How would you measure that change?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers who chose a different goal to pursue than you. How would you suggest measuring the change in behavior they discussed? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 2 Assignment Finalized Resources and Revisions for the Final Paper

PSY 496 Week 2 DQ 1 Protecting Participants from Harm

Week 2 DQ 1

Protecting Participants from Harm

In considering past research, it is sometimes easier to see when physical harms are occurring as opposed to psychological harms.

If you were conducting research on a psychologically sensitive topic, what steps might you need to follow to ensure that no psychological harm was occurring? In other words, how do you know if psychological harm is occurring during a research study? If you were to discover the occurrence of psychological harm, what would be your next steps as a researcher?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What, if any, additional steps would you recommend to ensure the safety of the participants? Explain your reasoning. Why are these steps important in protecting human and animal participants from harm?

PSY 496 Week 2 DQ 2 Areas of Competence

Week 2 DQ 2

Areas of Competence

Dr. Martin decides he wants to extend his practice to treating children.

He has never had any training in child psychology but begins to read books on the topic. He also starts seeing children for therapy and advertises himself as a child psychologist. Is Martin acting ethically? Why or why not?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What additional rationale might you provide as to why acting ethically within the field of psychology is important? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 2 Journal Ethics in Research and Practice

PSY 496 Week 3 Assignment Final Paper Draft

PSY 496 Week 3 DQ 1 Perceptions of Psychology

Perceptions of Psychology

Think about the perceptions you had about psychology before you began your formal, college-level study of psychology.

Did you think that psychology would be easier or harder than the other disciplines you could have studied? Has your perception of psychology changed? Which components of an education in psychology are you finding the most worthwhile, and which components seem disconnected from other avenues of study you are pursuing?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. How was the evolution of their perception different

PSY 496 Week 3 DQ 2 Psychology Program

Psychology Program

You are near the end of your journey in the undergraduate psychology program.

Given the sights that you have seen over the course of your journey, would you do it over again? If you were starting again from day one, would you still choose the psychology program? Why or why not? Are there other areas of psychology that interest you that you have yet to explore? If so, how do you plan to explore those areas? What are some of the continuing education opportunities (formal or informal) that exist for the field of psychology?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. Is their perspective similar or different from yours? How are the ways that they may or may not have changed their academic path similar to or different from yours? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 4 DQ 1 Present Identity Development

Present Identity Development

What stage of identity development are you currently in? Why do you see yourself in this particular stage?

What experiences have led you to this stage? Describe scenes, surroundings, events, feelings, thoughts, and reflections. Utilize at least one scholarly source that is cited according to APA format to support your perspective.

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers who are in a different stage of identity development than you. How have your experiences in life differed from theirs? How are those experiences similar?

PSY 496 Week 4 DQ 2 Future Identity Development

Future Identity Development

Discuss a future stage of identity development and what you believe it will take for you to move on to that future stage?

What steps will you need to take in your life? What will that look like for you personally and professionally? How will you be different from who you are today? What will be difficult for you? What are the barriers to moving forward? Utilize at least one scholarly source that is cited according to APA format to support your perspective.

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What additional steps, if any, would you suggest to ensure barriers are minimized as your classmates move toward a future sense of identity? Why? What possible difficulties do you foresee? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 4 Journal Multicultural Issues

PSY 496 Week 5 Assignment Final Paper

PSY 496 Week 5 DQ 1 Approaches to Education

Approaches to Education

You may have conversations from time to time with students who are attending college differently than you do.

You might make the argument that an online education is superior, listing the advantages you have experienced. Another person who attended a “brick-and-mortar” campus may not think as highly of online coursework, and may provide his or her list of advantages for that type of learning experience. How might you design a study to systematically examine the similarities and differences that exist among online, classroom, and hybrid educational approaches? Based on your design, how would you measure the outcomes (i.e., which type of learning approach is superior)? Utilize at least one scholarly source that is cited according to APA format to support your perspective.

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers who responded with a different stance than you. What suggestions would you have to improve their proposed study? Explain your reasoning.

PSY 496 Week 5 DQ 2 Tolerating Uncertainty

Tolerating Uncertainty

Why is it so hard to tolerate uncertainty? By now you’ve taken a number of courses in psychology and in other subjects.

Thinking broadly, what makes uncertainty so difficult to handle? Why do we need to know how the story turns out; can’t we just enjoy the journey without knowing the precise destination? Can you think of specific instances in your life where you tolerated high levels of uncertainty well? Can you think of a situation (or two) where you did not handle high levels of uncertainty so well? What were the key differences between those situations, and what can you learn from studying your own reactions to uncertainty?

Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Provide a substantive response to at least two of your peers. What suggestions would you give to help your classmate process a certain level of uncertainty as they reach the end of their degree program? Explain your reasoning. How have the situations they described differed from yours? How are they similar?

Term

PSY 490 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-490-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 490 Complete Course Material

PSY 490 Week 1 Diverse Nature of Psychology Paper

PSY 490 Week 1Complete DQs

PSY 490 Week 2 Complete DQs

PSY 490 Week 2 Portfolio Presentation

PSY 490 Week 2 Psychological Issue Summary

PSY 490 Week 3 Complete DQs

PSY 490 Week 3 DSM Case Study Vignette

PSY 490 Week 3 Ethics Awareness Inventory

PSY 490 Week 4 Complete DQs

PSY 490 Week 4 Pay it Forward

PSY 490 Week 5 Psychology Recap Presentation

Definition

PSY 490 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-490-complete-course-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 490 Complete Course Material

PSY 490 Week 1 Diverse Nature of Psychology Paper

PSY 490 Week 1Complete DQs

PSY 490 Week 2 Complete DQs

PSY 490 Week 2 Portfolio Presentation

PSY 490 Week 2 Psychological Issue Summary

PSY 490 Week 3 Complete DQs

PSY 490 Week 3 DSM Case Study Vignette

PSY 490 Week 3 Ethics Awareness Inventory

PSY 490 Week 4 Complete DQs

PSY 490 Week 4 Pay it Forward

PSY 490 Week 5 Psychology Recap Presentation

Term

PSY 315 Complete Course All DQS, Individual & Team Assignments

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-315-complete-course-dqs-individual-team-assignments/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 315 Week 1 DQs

PSY 315 Week 1 Individual Assignment Research, Statistics, and Psychology Paper

PSY 315 Week 2 DQs

PSY 315 Week 2 Individual Assignment

PSY 315 Week 2 Team Assignment Descriptive and Inferential Statistics Paper

PSY 315 Week 3 DQs

PSY 315 Week 3 Individual Assignment

PSY 315 Week 4 DQs

PSY 315 Week 4 Individual Assignment

PSY 315 Week 4 Team Assignment Hypothesis Testing Paper

PSY 315 Week 4 Team Assignment Hypothesis Testing Presentation

PSY 315 Week 5 DQs

PSY 315 Week 5 Individual Assignment

Definition

PSY 315 Complete Course All DQS, Individual & Team Assignments

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-315-complete-course-dqs-individual-team-assignments/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 315 Week 1 DQs

PSY 315 Week 1 Individual Assignment Research, Statistics, and Psychology Paper

PSY 315 Week 2 DQs

PSY 315 Week 2 Individual Assignment

PSY 315 Week 2 Team Assignment Descriptive and Inferential Statistics Paper

PSY 315 Week 3 DQs

PSY 315 Week 3 Individual Assignment

PSY 315 Week 4 DQs

PSY 315 Week 4 Individual Assignment

PSY 315 Week 4 Team Assignment Hypothesis Testing Paper

PSY 315 Week 4 Team Assignment Hypothesis Testing Presentation

PSY 315 Week 5 DQs

PSY 315 Week 5 Individual Assignment

Term

PSY 310 Complete Course Material ( A+Grade )

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-310-complete-course-material-agrade/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 310 Week 1 DQs

The statement “know thy self” is attributed to the early Greek philosopher Socrates. How does this statement serve as a seed for the development of psychology as a formal discipline some 2,400 years later?

What does it mean to be empirical in the pursuit of knowledge? How does this relate to the scientific method?

PSY 310 Week 1 History of Psychology

PSY 310 Week 2 Assignment Women in Psychology

PSY 310 Week 2 DQs

What were the characteristics of the mental health reform movement? Who were the identifiable leaders of this movement? How did this movement impact modern-day psychology?

What are some methods that were used to treat individuals who were presumably suffering from some form of mental illness prior to the Renaissance period? What was the rationale behind these methods?

PSY 310 Week 3 DQs

What are the major assumptions of psychoanalysis as formulated by Sigmund Freud?

In the field of psychology, what is meant by the term catharsis? According to Joseph Bruer, what effect did catharsis have on the mental functioning of someone with a troubled mind? Why?

PSY 310 Week 3 Team Theoretical Position

PSY 310 Week 4 DQs

What is logical positivism? How is legitimate science consistent with logical positivism? Explain your answer.

What are the similarities between classical conditioning, as described by John B. Watson, and operant conditioning, as defined by B. F. Skinner? What are the differences?

PSY 310 Week 4 Perspectives Paper

PSY 310 Week 5 DQs

In order to meet attendance requirements it is necessary for you to make two posts in any thread during week five.

Who is Phineas Gage? What impact did he have on the realm of biological psychology?

PSY 310 Week 5 Learning Team Final Presentation

Definition

PSY 310 Complete Course Material ( A+Grade )

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-310-complete-course-material-agrade/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 310 Week 1 DQs

The statement “know thy self” is attributed to the early Greek philosopher Socrates. How does this statement serve as a seed for the development of psychology as a formal discipline some 2,400 years later?

What does it mean to be empirical in the pursuit of knowledge? How does this relate to the scientific method?

PSY 310 Week 1 History of Psychology

PSY 310 Week 2 Assignment Women in Psychology

PSY 310 Week 2 DQs

What were the characteristics of the mental health reform movement? Who were the identifiable leaders of this movement? How did this movement impact modern-day psychology?

What are some methods that were used to treat individuals who were presumably suffering from some form of mental illness prior to the Renaissance period? What was the rationale behind these methods?

PSY 310 Week 3 DQs

What are the major assumptions of psychoanalysis as formulated by Sigmund Freud?

In the field of psychology, what is meant by the term catharsis? According to Joseph Bruer, what effect did catharsis have on the mental functioning of someone with a troubled mind? Why?

PSY 310 Week 3 Team Theoretical Position

PSY 310 Week 4 DQs

What is logical positivism? How is legitimate science consistent with logical positivism? Explain your answer.

What are the similarities between classical conditioning, as described by John B. Watson, and operant conditioning, as defined by B. F. Skinner? What are the differences?

PSY 310 Week 4 Perspectives Paper

PSY 310 Week 5 DQs

In order to meet attendance requirements it is necessary for you to make two posts in any thread during week five.

Who is Phineas Gage? What impact did he have on the realm of biological psychology?

PSY 310 Week 5 Learning Team Final Presentation

Term

PSY 300 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-300-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 300 Entire Course

PSY 300 Complete Course Material

PSY 300 Week 1 DQ 1

How obedient do you consider yourself, and under what circumstances would you refuse to obey something that you were ordered to do by another person?

Provide the necessary information and resources used to support your summary.

Please post your responses in the DQ threads. Then comment on other’s responses in the Main forum. Responses to each question should be at least 200-300 words.

PSY 300 Week 1 DQ 2

In what ways do you see psychology used in the environment where you work?

PSY 300 Week 1 Individual Foundations of Psychology Paper

PSY 300 Week 2 DQs

PSY 300 Week 2 DQ 1

How do classical conditioning procedures differ from operant conditioning procedures? How are they similar? In your opinion, which learning process is more effective? Why?

PSY 300 Week 2 DQ 2

How do we see observational learning used in the workplace? How do we see observational learning being used in our everyday life? Is observational learning effective? Why or why not?

PSY 300 Week 2 Individual Phobias and Addictions Paper

PSY 300 Week 3 DQs

PSY 300 Week 3 DQ 1

How limited is short-term memory when compared to long-term memory? How does this affect our overall consciousness? Is the retention of information conscious or semi-conscious? Explain your answer.

PSY 300 Week 3 DQ 2

Do our thoughts require expression in the form of language? Is it possible to think in the absence of language? Why or why not? How are our thoughts represented?

PSY 300 Week 3 Individual Gardner Intelligence Paper

PSY 300 Week 3 Learning team Sensation, Perception, and Attention Paper

PSY 300 Week 4 DQs

PSY 300 Week 4 DQ 1
Most Americans do not practice rites of passage, how do we know when adolescence ends and adulthood begins? What psychological features do we expect to see in adolescents? What psychological features do we expect to see in adults?

PSY 300 Week 4 DQ 2
How does moral development change for developing individuals? Does it change for everyone? Why or why not? Why do some people fail to develop basic moral values?

PSY 300 Week 4 Individual Lifespan Development & Personality Paper

PSY 300 Week 5 DQs

PSY 300 Week 5 DQ 1
What factors should be considered in distinguishing between normal and abnormal behavior? What relationships of importance might exist between social psychology and abnormal psychology?

PSY 300 Week 5 DQ 2
What are the apparent symptoms of anxiety in terms of physiological, behavioral, and cognitive indicators? If both a parent and a child experience anxiety in similar situations, how would you account for the influences of heredity, preparedness, and vicarious conditioning?

PSY 300 Week 5 Individual Social Influences Paper

PSY 300 Week 5 learning Team Abnormal Psychology and Therapy Paper

Definition

PSY 300 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-300-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 300 Entire Course

PSY 300 Complete Course Material

PSY 300 Week 1 DQ 1

How obedient do you consider yourself, and under what circumstances would you refuse to obey something that you were ordered to do by another person?

Provide the necessary information and resources used to support your summary.

Please post your responses in the DQ threads. Then comment on other’s responses in the Main forum. Responses to each question should be at least 200-300 words.

PSY 300 Week 1 DQ 2

In what ways do you see psychology used in the environment where you work?

PSY 300 Week 1 Individual Foundations of Psychology Paper

PSY 300 Week 2 DQs

PSY 300 Week 2 DQ 1

How do classical conditioning procedures differ from operant conditioning procedures? How are they similar? In your opinion, which learning process is more effective? Why?

PSY 300 Week 2 DQ 2

How do we see observational learning used in the workplace? How do we see observational learning being used in our everyday life? Is observational learning effective? Why or why not?

PSY 300 Week 2 Individual Phobias and Addictions Paper

PSY 300 Week 3 DQs

PSY 300 Week 3 DQ 1

How limited is short-term memory when compared to long-term memory? How does this affect our overall consciousness? Is the retention of information conscious or semi-conscious? Explain your answer.

PSY 300 Week 3 DQ 2

Do our thoughts require expression in the form of language? Is it possible to think in the absence of language? Why or why not? How are our thoughts represented?

PSY 300 Week 3 Individual Gardner Intelligence Paper

PSY 300 Week 3 Learning team Sensation, Perception, and Attention Paper

PSY 300 Week 4 DQs

PSY 300 Week 4 DQ 1
Most Americans do not practice rites of passage, how do we know when adolescence ends and adulthood begins? What psychological features do we expect to see in adolescents? What psychological features do we expect to see in adults?

PSY 300 Week 4 DQ 2
How does moral development change for developing individuals? Does it change for everyone? Why or why not? Why do some people fail to develop basic moral values?

PSY 300 Week 4 Individual Lifespan Development & Personality Paper

PSY 300 Week 5 DQs

PSY 300 Week 5 DQ 1
What factors should be considered in distinguishing between normal and abnormal behavior? What relationships of importance might exist between social psychology and abnormal psychology?

PSY 300 Week 5 DQ 2
What are the apparent symptoms of anxiety in terms of physiological, behavioral, and cognitive indicators? If both a parent and a child experience anxiety in similar situations, how would you account for the influences of heredity, preparedness, and vicarious conditioning?

PSY 300 Week 5 Individual Social Influences Paper

PSY 300 Week 5 learning Team Abnormal Psychology and Therapy Paper

Term

PSY 240 Entire Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-240-entire-course-psy240-complete/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 240 Entire Course

PSY 240 Week 1 CheckPoint(Nature vs Nurture)

PSY 240 WeeK 2 CheckPoint(Appendix B)

PSY 240 Week 3 CheckPoint(Brain Studies)

PSY 240 Week 4 Assignment(To Eat or Not to Eat)

PSY 240 Week 4 CheckPoint 1(Eating What, When, and How Much)

PSY 240 Week 4 CheckPoint 2(Set and Settling Points)

PSY 240 Week 5 CheckPoint(Sexual Orientation and Identity)

PSY 240 Week 6 Assignment(Sleep Deprivation, Disorders, and Drugs)

PSY 240 Week 6 CheckPoint(Appendix C )

PSY 240 WeeK 7 CheckPoint(Appendix D)

PSY 240 Week 7 CheckPoint(Emotions)

PSY 240 Week 8 Assignment(Psychiatric Disorders, Diseases, and Drugs)

Definition

PSY 240 Entire Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/psy-240-entire-course-psy240-complete/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PSY 240 Entire Course

PSY 240 Week 1 CheckPoint(Nature vs Nurture)

PSY 240 WeeK 2 CheckPoint(Appendix B)

PSY 240 Week 3 CheckPoint(Brain Studies)

PSY 240 Week 4 Assignment(To Eat or Not to Eat)

PSY 240 Week 4 CheckPoint 1(Eating What, When, and How Much)

PSY 240 Week 4 CheckPoint 2(Set and Settling Points)

PSY 240 Week 5 CheckPoint(Sexual Orientation and Identity)

PSY 240 Week 6 Assignment(Sleep Deprivation, Disorders, and Drugs)

PSY 240 Week 6 CheckPoint(Appendix C )

PSY 240 WeeK 7 CheckPoint(Appendix D)

PSY 240 Week 7 CheckPoint(Emotions)

PSY 240 Week 8 Assignment(Psychiatric Disorders, Diseases, and Drugs)

Term

POL 443 Entire Course Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/pol-443-entire-course-week-1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

POL 443 Entire Course Week 1-5

POL 443 Week 1 Complete DQs

(a) Do you think the checks and balances set forth in the Constitution are still valid as a method of controlling government? Are they working appropriately?

(b) Do you think our country is better off when one party controls multiple branches of government? Why or why not?

POL 443 Week 1 Individual Representation of Interests Matrix and paper

POL 443 Week 2

POL 443 Week 2 Complete DQs

(a) Do you think an individual with limited power may have enough influence to bring change?
Support your answer with two examples. Provide additional support with your own reasoning
and the reasoning of political scientists and other specialists.

(b) What purpose do issue networks serve? Provide an example of an issue network (not an issue group) and an influence it has on public policy. What is your opinion of this influence?

POL 443 Week 2 Team Public Policy Issues Paper

POL 443 Week 3

(a) Besides elections and campaigns, how do the major political parties influence public values and ideas?

(b) Do you agree about the dominance of the two political parties and the concentration of power in our society? Why or why not?

POL 443 Week 3 Individual Political Parties Paper

POL 443 Week 3 Team Public Policies Influences Paper

POL 443 Week 3 Team DQs

POL 443 Week 4

POL 443 Week 4 Complete DQs

(a) What influence do you believe interest organizations have in policy-making in Washington? Is their influence generally positive or negative? Explain why. Please give examples.

(b) The influence of interest organizations among government officials is often framed as education. On that basis, they sometimes conduct original research for that purpose. Do you think the need for information outweighs the potential for bias in such education or do you think that the danger for bias limits the value of their work?

POL 443 Week 4 Team Opposition Evaluation Presentation

POL 443 Week 4 Team DQs

POL 443 Week 5

POL 443 Week 5 Complete DQs

(a) To what extent does the class domination theory of power explain public policy decision in the U.S. – a lot or a little? Why? Please explain.

(b) What is the most important base of power in the U.S. society? Where is it located? Is it controlled by multiple entities or only one entity?

POL 443 Week 5 Individual Wealth and Power in the United States Paper

POL 443 Week 5 Team DQs

Definition

POL 443 Entire Course Week 1-5

http://hwminute.com/downloads/pol-443-entire-course-week-1-5/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

POL 443 Entire Course Week 1-5

POL 443 Week 1 Complete DQs

(a) Do you think the checks and balances set forth in the Constitution are still valid as a method of controlling government? Are they working appropriately?

(b) Do you think our country is better off when one party controls multiple branches of government? Why or why not?

POL 443 Week 1 Individual Representation of Interests Matrix and paper

POL 443 Week 2

POL 443 Week 2 Complete DQs

(a) Do you think an individual with limited power may have enough influence to bring change?
Support your answer with two examples. Provide additional support with your own reasoning
and the reasoning of political scientists and other specialists.

(b) What purpose do issue networks serve? Provide an example of an issue network (not an issue group) and an influence it has on public policy. What is your opinion of this influence?

POL 443 Week 2 Team Public Policy Issues Paper

POL 443 Week 3

(a) Besides elections and campaigns, how do the major political parties influence public values and ideas?

(b) Do you agree about the dominance of the two political parties and the concentration of power in our society? Why or why not?

POL 443 Week 3 Individual Political Parties Paper

POL 443 Week 3 Team Public Policies Influences Paper

POL 443 Week 3 Team DQs

POL 443 Week 4

POL 443 Week 4 Complete DQs

(a) What influence do you believe interest organizations have in policy-making in Washington? Is their influence generally positive or negative? Explain why. Please give examples.

(b) The influence of interest organizations among government officials is often framed as education. On that basis, they sometimes conduct original research for that purpose. Do you think the need for information outweighs the potential for bias in such education or do you think that the danger for bias limits the value of their work?

POL 443 Week 4 Team Opposition Evaluation Presentation

POL 443 Week 4 Team DQs

POL 443 Week 5

POL 443 Week 5 Complete DQs

(a) To what extent does the class domination theory of power explain public policy decision in the U.S. – a lot or a little? Why? Please explain.

(b) What is the most important base of power in the U.S. society? Where is it located? Is it controlled by multiple entities or only one entity?

POL 443 Week 5 Individual Wealth and Power in the United States Paper

POL 443 Week 5 Team DQs

Term

PHL 458 Complete Class Wk 1-5 DQS & Assignments (A+Material)

http://hwminute.com/downloads/phl-458-whole-wks-1-5-dqs-assignments-amaterial/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

Week 1 DQ1

To what extent does acculturation affect our individuality? How might an individual overcome acculturation to achieve independence in thinking?

Week 1 DQ2

What do you do when you face conflicting work or family obligations? How might critical and creative thinking assist in prioritization of obligations?

Week 1 Individual Assignment

PHL 458 Week 1 Individual Assignment Critical Thinking and Society Exercise

Week 2 DQ1

What are the components of the creative process?   How do you measure or analyze multiple creative solutions to your own problems?

Week 2 DQ2

What are the characteristics of creative thinkers? What effect does creativity have on society and culture?

Week 2 Individual Assignment

PHL 458 Week 2 Individual Assignment Solve a Problem Paper

Week 3 DQ1

What are the three steps to refining a solution? Provide an example of each.    How would you decide what action should be taken about your resolution to an issue? How do you recognize and overcome what difficulties may arise?

Week 3 DQ2

What kinds of assumptions interfere with critical thinking? Aside from factual inaccuracy, what are some subtle and common errors affecting a truth?

Week 3 Individual Assignment

PHL 458 Week 3 Individual Assignment Refining Solutions Paper

PHL 458 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Evaluating and Refining Resolutions Presentation

Week 4 DQ1

Consider the following famous thinkers: Bill Gates, James Cone, Daniel C. Dennett, Peter Singer, Jean-Paul Sartre, and Nelson Mandela. What components of their creativity and critical thinking played a prominent role in their contributions to society or their scientific breakthroughs?

Week 4 DQ2

What is the process by which a famous thinker took action to resolve their specific issue? Discuss this process

Week 4 Individual Assignment

PHL 458 Week 4 Individual Assignment Famous Thinkers Paper

Week 5 Learning Team Assignment

PHL 458 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Persuasive Communication Presentation

Definition

PHL 458 Complete Class Wk 1-5 DQS & Assignments (A+Material)

http://hwminute.com/downloads/phl-458-whole-wks-1-5-dqs-assignments-amaterial/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

Week 1 DQ1

To what extent does acculturation affect our individuality? How might an individual overcome acculturation to achieve independence in thinking?

Week 1 DQ2

What do you do when you face conflicting work or family obligations? How might critical and creative thinking assist in prioritization of obligations?

Week 1 Individual Assignment

PHL 458 Week 1 Individual Assignment Critical Thinking and Society Exercise

Week 2 DQ1

What are the components of the creative process?   How do you measure or analyze multiple creative solutions to your own problems?

Week 2 DQ2

What are the characteristics of creative thinkers? What effect does creativity have on society and culture?

Week 2 Individual Assignment

PHL 458 Week 2 Individual Assignment Solve a Problem Paper

Week 3 DQ1

What are the three steps to refining a solution? Provide an example of each.    How would you decide what action should be taken about your resolution to an issue? How do you recognize and overcome what difficulties may arise?

Week 3 DQ2

What kinds of assumptions interfere with critical thinking? Aside from factual inaccuracy, what are some subtle and common errors affecting a truth?

Week 3 Individual Assignment

PHL 458 Week 3 Individual Assignment Refining Solutions Paper

PHL 458 Week 3 Learning Team Assignment Evaluating and Refining Resolutions Presentation

Week 4 DQ1

Consider the following famous thinkers: Bill Gates, James Cone, Daniel C. Dennett, Peter Singer, Jean-Paul Sartre, and Nelson Mandela. What components of their creativity and critical thinking played a prominent role in their contributions to society or their scientific breakthroughs?

Week 4 DQ2

What is the process by which a famous thinker took action to resolve their specific issue? Discuss this process

Week 4 Individual Assignment

PHL 458 Week 4 Individual Assignment Famous Thinkers Paper

Week 5 Learning Team Assignment

PHL 458 Week 5 Learning Team Assignment Persuasive Communication Presentation

Term

PHL 266 Complete Course all Weeks Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/phl-266-complete-course-weeks-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PHL 266 Complete Course all Weeks Material

Definition

PHL 266 Complete Course all Weeks Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/phl-266-complete-course-weeks-material/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PHL 266 Complete Course all Weeks Material

Term

PHI 445 Complete Course ( Latest Version )

http://hwminute.com/downloads/phi-445-complete-course-latest-version/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PHI 445 Complete Course ( Latest Version )

PHI 445 Entire Course

PHI 445 Complete Course Material

PHI 445 Week 1 DQ 1 Psychological Egoism

PHI 445 Week 1 DQ 2 Self-Interest or Community Interest

PHI 445 Week 2 DQ 1 Puffery and Deception

PHI 445 Week 2 DQ 2 Unintentional Discrimination

PHI 445 Week 3 DQ 1 Managerial Incentives

PHI 445 Week 3 DQ 2 Child Labor

PHI 445 Week 3 Assignment Annotated Bibliography

PHI 445 Week 4 DQ 1 Power Station Cost-Benefit Analysis

PHI 445 Week 4 DQ 2 Portfolio Analysis

PHI 445 Week 5 DQ 1 Federal Domain

PHI 445 Week 5 DQ 2 New Stock Opportunity or Exposure

PHI 445 Week 5 Final Paper Case Study Analysis of Personal and Organizational Ethics and Values

Definition

PHI 445 Complete Course ( Latest Version )

http://hwminute.com/downloads/phi-445-complete-course-latest-version/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

PHI 445 Complete Course ( Latest Version )

PHI 445 Entire Course

PHI 445 Complete Course Material

PHI 445 Week 1 DQ 1 Psychological Egoism

PHI 445 Week 1 DQ 2 Self-Interest or Community Interest

PHI 445 Week 2 DQ 1 Puffery and Deception

PHI 445 Week 2 DQ 2 Unintentional Discrimination

PHI 445 Week 3 DQ 1 Managerial Incentives

PHI 445 Week 3 DQ 2 Child Labor

PHI 445 Week 3 Assignment Annotated Bibliography

PHI 445 Week 4 DQ 1 Power Station Cost-Benefit Analysis

PHI 445 Week 4 DQ 2 Portfolio Analysis

PHI 445 Week 5 DQ 1 Federal Domain

PHI 445 Week 5 DQ 2 New Stock Opportunity or Exposure

PHI 445 Week 5 Final Paper Case Study Analysis of Personal and Organizational Ethics and Values

Term

OPS 571 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ops-571-complete-course-material-wks-1-6-dqs-complete-assignments/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

OPS 571 Week 1 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 1 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 1 Individual Assignment Design a Process
OPS 571 Week 2 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 2 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 2 Individual Assignment Applying the Learning
OPS 571 Week 3 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 3 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 3 Individual Assignment Internal Memo
OPS 571 Week 4 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 4 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 4 Individual Assignment Bottlenecks in a Process
OPS 571 Week 5 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 5 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 5 Individual Assignment Process Improvement Plan
OPS 571 Week 6 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 6 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 6 Individual Assignment Process Design
OPS 571 Week 6 Team Assignment Production Plan

Definition

OPS 571 Complete Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ops-571-complete-course-material-wks-1-6-dqs-complete-assignments/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

OPS 571 Week 1 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 1 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 1 Individual Assignment Design a Process
OPS 571 Week 2 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 2 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 2 Individual Assignment Applying the Learning
OPS 571 Week 3 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 3 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 3 Individual Assignment Internal Memo
OPS 571 Week 4 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 4 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 4 Individual Assignment Bottlenecks in a Process
OPS 571 Week 5 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 5 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 5 Individual Assignment Process Improvement Plan
OPS 571 Week 6 DQ 1
OPS 571 Week 6 DQ 2
OPS 571 Week 6 Individual Assignment Process Design
OPS 571 Week 6 Team Assignment Production Plan

Term

NTC 415 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ntc-415-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

NTC 415 Complete Course

NTC 415 Week 1 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 1 Individual Enterprise Network Architectures.

NTC 415 Week 2 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 2 Individual Network Connections Paper.
NTC 415 Week 2 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 3 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 3 Individual Requirements Analysis Paper.
NTC 415 Week 3 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 4 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 4 Individual Performance Architecture Paper.
NTC 415 Week 4 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 5 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 5 Final Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project paper.
NTC 415 Week 5 Final Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project Presentation.

Definition

NTC 415 Complete Course

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ntc-415-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

NTC 415 Complete Course

NTC 415 Week 1 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 1 Individual Enterprise Network Architectures.

NTC 415 Week 2 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 2 Individual Network Connections Paper.
NTC 415 Week 2 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 3 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 3 Individual Requirements Analysis Paper.
NTC 415 Week 3 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 4 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 4 Individual Performance Architecture Paper.
NTC 415 Week 4 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 5 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 5 Final Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project paper.
NTC 415 Week 5 Final Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project Presentation.

Term

NTC 415 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ntc-415-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

NTC 415 ( Network Integration Project ) Entire Course

NTC 415 ( Network Integration Project ) Complete Course

NTC 415 Complete Course Material

NTC 415 Week 1 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 1 Individual Enterprise Network Architectures.

NTC 415 Week 2 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 2 Individual Network Connections Paper.
NTC 415 Week 2 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 3 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 3 Individual Requirements Analysis Paper.
NTC 415 Week 3 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 4 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 4 Individual Performance Architecture Paper.
NTC 415 Week 4 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 5 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 5 Final Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project paper.
NTC 415 Week 5 Final Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project Presentation.

Definition

NTC 415 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ntc-415-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

NTC 415 ( Network Integration Project ) Entire Course

NTC 415 ( Network Integration Project ) Complete Course

NTC 415 Complete Course Material

NTC 415 Week 1 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 1 Individual Enterprise Network Architectures.

NTC 415 Week 2 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 2 Individual Network Connections Paper.
NTC 415 Week 2 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 3 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 3 Individual Requirements Analysis Paper.
NTC 415 Week 3 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 4 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 4 Individual Performance Architecture Paper.
NTC 415 Week 4 Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project.

NTC 415 Week 5 DQs.
NTC 415 Week 5 Final Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project paper.
NTC 415 Week 5 Final Learning Team Taylor Ambulance Company Network Infrastructure Project Presentation.

Term

NTC 411 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ntc-411-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

NTC 411 Complete Class Version 2

NTC 411 Week 1 Complete DQs

(A) Why is it important to explore traffic behavior when designing a network? What problems could arise if you do not understand traffic behavior when you build a new network or upgrade a network?

(B) In what ways are network management and network security interrelated? When designing for network management, what security concerns will you address? When designing for security, what network management concerns will you address?

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant. Make sure you include the references and links to the article or web site.

NTC 411 Week 1 Individual Network Design Assessment

NTC 411 Week 1 Summary

                                                                   NTC 411 Week 2

NTC 411 Week 2 Complete DQs

(A) In what ways do ERP and SCM software complement each other, and why should they be integrated?

(B) What are the three types of business intelligence’s and how can they affect decisions.

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant. Make sure you include the references and links to the article or web site

NTC 411 Week 2 Individual Network Management Paper

NTC 411 Week 2 Team project outline

NTC 411 Week 2 Summary

                                                                       NTC 411 Week 3

NTC 411 Week 3 Complete DQs

(A) What are the most important criteria for selecting a WAN service provider? Why?

(B) What are the benefits and disadvantages of onshore sourcing compared to those of offshoring?

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant. Make sure you include the references and links to the article or web site.

NTC 411 Week 3 Individual Assessing the Business Value of Outsourcing

NTC 411 Week 3 Team Business Continuity Plan

NTC 411 Week 3 Summary

                                                                          NTC 411 Week 4

NTC 411 Week 4 Complete DQs

(A) What are the responsibilities of a chief information security officer? Where and how does the person occupying this position fit into a large enterprise?

(B) Why is information security a management problem? What can management do that technology cannot?

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant.

NTC 411 Week 4 Individual Network Security

NTC 411 Week 4 Team Business Continuity Plan

NTC 411 Week 4 Summary

                                                                      NTC 411 Week 5

(A) What is risk management and what role does it play in disaster recovery planning? What disaster recovery plan have you witnessed in an organization?

(B) What are the differences between a business continuity plan, a disaster recovery plan, and an incident response plan? How do they relate to each other and when are they used? What business continuity plan or incident response plan have you witnessed in an organization?

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant. Make sure you include the references and links to the article or web site.

NTC 411 Week 5 Individual Security Solutions

NTC 411 Week 5 Team Business Continuity Plan paper

NTC 411 Week 5 Team Business Continuity Plan Presentation

NTC 411 Week 5 Summary

Definition

NTC 411 Entire Course Material

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ntc-411-complete-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com. If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

NTC 411 Complete Class Version 2

NTC 411 Week 1 Complete DQs

(A) Why is it important to explore traffic behavior when designing a network? What problems could arise if you do not understand traffic behavior when you build a new network or upgrade a network?

(B) In what ways are network management and network security interrelated? When designing for network management, what security concerns will you address? When designing for security, what network management concerns will you address?

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant. Make sure you include the references and links to the article or web site.

NTC 411 Week 1 Individual Network Design Assessment

NTC 411 Week 1 Summary

                                                                   NTC 411 Week 2

NTC 411 Week 2 Complete DQs

(A) In what ways do ERP and SCM software complement each other, and why should they be integrated?

(B) What are the three types of business intelligence’s and how can they affect decisions.

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant. Make sure you include the references and links to the article or web site

NTC 411 Week 2 Individual Network Management Paper

NTC 411 Week 2 Team project outline

NTC 411 Week 2 Summary

                                                                       NTC 411 Week 3

NTC 411 Week 3 Complete DQs

(A) What are the most important criteria for selecting a WAN service provider? Why?

(B) What are the benefits and disadvantages of onshore sourcing compared to those of offshoring?

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant. Make sure you include the references and links to the article or web site.

NTC 411 Week 3 Individual Assessing the Business Value of Outsourcing

NTC 411 Week 3 Team Business Continuity Plan

NTC 411 Week 3 Summary

                                                                          NTC 411 Week 4

NTC 411 Week 4 Complete DQs

(A) What are the responsibilities of a chief information security officer? Where and how does the person occupying this position fit into a large enterprise?

(B) Why is information security a management problem? What can management do that technology cannot?

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant.

NTC 411 Week 4 Individual Network Security

NTC 411 Week 4 Team Business Continuity Plan

NTC 411 Week 4 Summary

                                                                      NTC 411 Week 5

(A) What is risk management and what role does it play in disaster recovery planning? What disaster recovery plan have you witnessed in an organization?

(B) What are the differences between a business continuity plan, a disaster recovery plan, and an incident response plan? How do they relate to each other and when are they used? What business continuity plan or incident response plan have you witnessed in an organization?

(C) Find a web site, an article on a web site or a peer reviewed article that is related to this weeks material. Write a 300 word synopsis what you have found and explain why you think it is relevant. Make sure you include the references and links to the article or web site.

NTC 411 Week 5 Individual Security Solutions

NTC 411 Week 5 Team Business Continuity Plan paper

NTC 411 Week 5 Team Business Continuity Plan Presentation

NTC 411 Week 5 Summary

Term

NTC 362 Entire Course

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ntc-362-entire-course/

NTC 362 Week 1 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 1 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 1 Individual Assignment Telecommunications Evolution Timeline

NTC 362 Week 2 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 2 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 2 DQ 3

NTC 362 Week 2 Integrative Network Design Project Part 1

NTC 362 Week 2 LT Assignment Analog and Digital Comparison Paper

NTC 362 Week 3 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 3 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 3 DQ 3

NTC 362 Week 3 Integrative Network Design Project Part 2

NTC 362 Week 3 LT Assignment Protocol Paper

NTC 362 Week 4 Assignment Hardware and Software Paper

NTC 362 Week 4 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 4 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 4 DQ 3

NTC 362 Week 4 Integrative Network Design Project, Part 3

NTC 362 Week 5 Assignment- WLAN Network

NTC 362 Week 5 Assignment- WLAN Network

NTC 362 Week 5 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 5 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 5 DQ 3

NTC 362 Week 5 Integrative Network Design Network (INDP)

Definition

NTC 362 Entire Course

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ntc-362-entire-course/

NTC 362 Week 1 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 1 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 1 Individual Assignment Telecommunications Evolution Timeline

NTC 362 Week 2 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 2 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 2 DQ 3

NTC 362 Week 2 Integrative Network Design Project Part 1

NTC 362 Week 2 LT Assignment Analog and Digital Comparison Paper

NTC 362 Week 3 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 3 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 3 DQ 3

NTC 362 Week 3 Integrative Network Design Project Part 2

NTC 362 Week 3 LT Assignment Protocol Paper

NTC 362 Week 4 Assignment Hardware and Software Paper

NTC 362 Week 4 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 4 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 4 DQ 3

NTC 362 Week 4 Integrative Network Design Project, Part 3

NTC 362 Week 5 Assignment- WLAN Network

NTC 362 Week 5 Assignment- WLAN Network

NTC 362 Week 5 DQ 1

NTC 362 Week 5 DQ 2

NTC 362 Week 5 DQ 3

NTC 362 Week 5 Integrative Network Design Network (INDP)

Term

MGT 380 Entire Course (Ashford Course)

http://hwminute.com/downloads/mgt-380-entire-course-ashford-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

MGT 380 Entire Course (Ashford Course)

MGT 380 Week 1 Individual Assignment What Drives Organizational Change Paper

Write a 750- to 1,050-word paper in which you describe the factors that drive organizational change.

Use various resources such as textbooks, Internet, and the University Library.

Cite at least two sources.

Provide examples from your personal experience in which change in an organization was required due to a particular catalyst. Examples of catalysts include the following:

·    Drop in sales

·         Death of a chief executive officer

·         Merger or acquisition

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.

MGT 380 Week 2 Individual Assignment Why Organizational Change Paper

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word paper using one of the Virtual Organizations or a company with which you have some knowledge.

Assume, for the purpose of this assignment, the company may undergo a significant reorganization as well as new pricing for its products or services.

Describe the stages of the change transition curve and how this could be reflected in the changes this company may experience.

Discuss the influence of the global and internal environments on the need for change.

Format your paperconsistent with APA guidelines.

MGT 380 Week 3 Team Assignment Executive Memo

Resources: Virtual Organization or a company with which the team is familiar

Write a 750- to 1,050-word executive memo. Assumethe team is a management team working for the selected organization and you must make a recommendation to the executives regarding potential changes the organization may face in the near future.

Access the Virtual Organization portal from Click the Materials icon in your Current Course boxand then click the link for the corresponding week.

Include the following points in the executive memo:

Analyze the relevance of your company’s mission statement so that it provides guidance on the types of change that may be appropriate.

Analyze the internal and global factors that management must weigh before deciding on changes.

Using this information, determine the types of change your organization could experience and make appropriate recommendations to the executives as to which changes might be best to pursue. Provide rationale on your choice of the type of the change.

Format consistent with APA guidelines.

MGT 380 Week 4 Team Assignment Resistance to Change Paper

Resources: Textbooks, Virtual Organization, or the company selected for the Executive Memo

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word follow-up memo to discuss strategies of managing the change. Discuss the following in the memo:

·         How to communicate change in an organization

·         Attitudes, both positive and negative, that come with change

·         Strategies for managing attitudes

·         The role of president, manager, and employee in managing proposed changes

·         How can combining leadership and communication strategies mitigate resistance to change?

Format consistent with APA guidelines.

MGT 380 Week 5 Individual Assignment Implementing Change Presentation

Definition

MGT 380 Entire Course (Ashford Course)

http://hwminute.com/downloads/mgt-380-entire-course-ashford-course/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. ( hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

MGT 380 Entire Course (Ashford Course)

MGT 380 Week 1 Individual Assignment What Drives Organizational Change Paper

Write a 750- to 1,050-word paper in which you describe the factors that drive organizational change.

Use various resources such as textbooks, Internet, and the University Library.

Cite at least two sources.

Provide examples from your personal experience in which change in an organization was required due to a particular catalyst. Examples of catalysts include the following:

·    Drop in sales

·         Death of a chief executive officer

·         Merger or acquisition

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.

MGT 380 Week 2 Individual Assignment Why Organizational Change Paper

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word paper using one of the Virtual Organizations or a company with which you have some knowledge.

Assume, for the purpose of this assignment, the company may undergo a significant reorganization as well as new pricing for its products or services.

Describe the stages of the change transition curve and how this could be reflected in the changes this company may experience.

Discuss the influence of the global and internal environments on the need for change.

Format your paperconsistent with APA guidelines.

MGT 380 Week 3 Team Assignment Executive Memo

Resources: Virtual Organization or a company with which the team is familiar

Write a 750- to 1,050-word executive memo. Assumethe team is a management team working for the selected organization and you must make a recommendation to the executives regarding potential changes the organization may face in the near future.

Access the Virtual Organization portal from Click the Materials icon in your Current Course boxand then click the link for the corresponding week.

Include the following points in the executive memo:

Analyze the relevance of your company’s mission statement so that it provides guidance on the types of change that may be appropriate.

Analyze the internal and global factors that management must weigh before deciding on changes.

Using this information, determine the types of change your organization could experience and make appropriate recommendations to the executives as to which changes might be best to pursue. Provide rationale on your choice of the type of the change.

Format consistent with APA guidelines.

MGT 380 Week 4 Team Assignment Resistance to Change Paper

Resources: Textbooks, Virtual Organization, or the company selected for the Executive Memo

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word follow-up memo to discuss strategies of managing the change. Discuss the following in the memo:

·         How to communicate change in an organization

·         Attitudes, both positive and negative, that come with change

·         Strategies for managing attitudes

·         The role of president, manager, and employee in managing proposed changes

·         How can combining leadership and communication strategies mitigate resistance to change?

Format consistent with APA guidelines.

MGT 380 Week 5 Individual Assignment Implementing Change Presentation

Term

EE 372 Final Exam

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ee-372-final-exam/

EE 372 Final Exam Guide

Top of Form

1. In process control the desired value of a system is referred to as the__________?

2. In process control, the term the “process”, whatever it may be, may also be referred to as the ______________.

3. The device that exerts a direct influence on the process is called the _____________.

4. Control system objectives should include:

5. The response criterion that specifies that the amplitude of each peak of each cyclic response be a quarter of the preceding peak is called_________.

6. The mathematical relationship between the input of a block and the output of that block is known as the __________ __________.

7. The equation below describes the response of a __________________ order system.
8. The current through a RTD can cause the RTD to heat up. This factor is accounted for by use of the ____________________.

9. Type J, T, K, E, S, and R are all thermocouple types. The letter designates_______________.

10. Since Thermocouple voltages are small, great care should be taken to protect against electrical noise by_________________.

11. Strain gauges operate based on the change in ___________________ of a metal under stress.

12. The primary form of ____________ sensor is the accelerometer.

13. Flow across an orifice plate varies proportionally with the ___________ of the differential pressure.

14. A rotameter, a moving vane flow meter and a turbine flow meter all place ________________ in the flow of the material.

15. Elements of final control are:_______________.

16. A _________________ is required to condition the signal from a computer so that it might interact with process control equipment.

17. A simple device that can convert mechanical motion to pneumatic pressure levels is the __________________.

18. Control valve sizing is done by choosing the valve size with the appropriate ___________________.

19. A process that can be controlled by reading on or off conditions and responding with other on or off conditions is called a _____________ state system.

20. Alarm conditions can best be described by_________________________.

21. Programmable logic controllers can replace electromagnetic relays in control systems.

22. The below schematic symbol is a _________________.
23. Could the below circuit be used to control a motor starter?
24. The process the PLC uses to read the inputs, solve the ladder logic, and drive the outputs is the PLC_____________ for that specific application.

25. In order for the PLC to interact with the process inputs and outputs the I?O must be compatible with the input signal and output signal __________.

26. Sensor resistance varies from 25 to 1.5 kΩ as a variable changes from c_min to c_max. Design a signal-conditioning system that provides an output varying from –2 to +2 V as the variable changes from min to max. Power dissipation in the sensor must be kept below 2.5 mW.

The circuit could be implemented as under:

27. A 10-bit unipolar ADC with a reference of 5.00 F and a 44-μs conversion time will be used to collect data on time constant measurement. Thus, the input will be of the form V (t) = 4(1− e^t/τ) . What is the minimum value of τ for which reliable data samples can be taken if no Sample-and-Hold circuit is used?

28. A type K thermocouple with a 0°C reference will be used to measure temperature between 200°C and 350°C . Devise a system that will convert this temperature range into an 8-bit digital word with conversion from 00H to 01H at 200°C and from FEH to FFH at 350°C . An ADC is available with a 2.500-V internal reference. At 200°C a type K TC produces 8.13 mV. At 350 °C a type K TC produces 14.29 mV.

29. A strain gauge has a GF=2.14 and a nominal resistance of 120 Ω . Calculate the resistance change resulting from a strain of 144μin / in .

30. Consider the phototransistor with IV curves below left and used in the circuit below right. Calculate the output voltage when the light intensity is equal to 20 W /m² .

31. A 4- to 20-mA control signal is loaded by a 100-Ω resistor and must produce a 20- to 40-V motor drive signal. Develop the equation relating the input current to the output voltage. Implement the equation if a power amplifier is available that can output 0 to 100V and has a gain of 10.

Definition

EE 372 Final Exam

Click the link below to purchase.

http://hwminute.com/downloads/ee-372-final-exam/

EE 372 Final Exam Guide

Top of Form

1. In process control the desired value of a system is referred to as the__________?

2. In process control, the term the “process”, whatever it may be, may also be referred to as the ______________.

3. The device that exerts a direct influence on the process is called the _____________.

4. Control system objectives should include:

5. The response criterion that specifies that the amplitude of each peak of each cyclic response be a quarter of the preceding peak is called_________.

6. The mathematical relationship between the input of a block and the output of that block is known as the __________ __________.

7. The equation below describes the response of a __________________ order system.
8. The current through a RTD can cause the RTD to heat up. This factor is accounted for by use of the ____________________.

9. Type J, T, K, E, S, and R are all thermocouple types. The letter designates_______________.

10. Since Thermocouple voltages are small, great care should be taken to protect against electrical noise by_________________.

11. Strain gauges operate based on the change in ___________________ of a metal under stress.

12. The primary form of ____________ sensor is the accelerometer.

13. Flow across an orifice plate varies proportionally with the ___________ of the differential pressure.

14. A rotameter, a moving vane flow meter and a turbine flow meter all place ________________ in the flow of the material.

15. Elements of final control are:_______________.

16. A _________________ is required to condition the signal from a computer so that it might interact with process control equipment.

17. A simple device that can convert mechanical motion to pneumatic pressure levels is the __________________.

18. Control valve sizing is done by choosing the valve size with the appropriate ___________________.

19. A process that can be controlled by reading on or off conditions and responding with other on or off conditions is called a _____________ state system.

20. Alarm conditions can best be described by_________________________.

21. Programmable logic controllers can replace electromagnetic relays in control systems.

22. The below schematic symbol is a _________________.
23. Could the below circuit be used to control a motor starter?
24. The process the PLC uses to read the inputs, solve the ladder logic, and drive the outputs is the PLC_____________ for that specific application.

25. In order for the PLC to interact with the process inputs and outputs the I?O must be compatible with the input signal and output signal __________.

26. Sensor resistance varies from 25 to 1.5 kΩ as a variable changes from c_min to c_max. Design a signal-conditioning system that provides an output varying from –2 to +2 V as the variable changes from min to max. Power dissipation in the sensor must be kept below 2.5 mW.

The circuit could be implemented as under:

27. A 10-bit unipolar ADC with a reference of 5.00 F and a 44-μs conversion time will be used to collect data on time constant measurement. Thus, the input will be of the form V (t) = 4(1− e^t/τ) . What is the minimum value of τ for which reliable data samples can be taken if no Sample-and-Hold circuit is used?

28. A type K thermocouple with a 0°C reference will be used to measure temperature between 200°C and 350°C . Devise a system that will convert this temperature range into an 8-bit digital word with conversion from 00H to 01H at 200°C and from FEH to FFH at 350°C . An ADC is available with a 2.500-V internal reference. At 200°C a type K TC produces 8.13 mV. At 350 °C a type K TC produces 14.29 mV.

29. A strain gauge has a GF=2.14 and a nominal resistance of 120 Ω . Calculate the resistance change resulting from a strain of 144μin / in .

30. Consider the phototransistor with IV curves below left and used in the circuit below right. Calculate the output voltage when the light intensity is equal to 20 W /m² .

31. A 4- to 20-mA control signal is loaded by a 100-Ω resistor and must produce a 20- to 40-V motor drive signal. Develop the equation relating the input current to the output voltage. Implement the equation if a power amplifier is available that can output 0 to 100V and has a gain of 10.

Term

ACC 557 Entire Course Updated 2014

(DQ’S INCLUDED)

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-557-complete-class-work/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 557 Entire Course Updated 2014

ACC 557 Assignment 1 Review of Accounting Ethics

ACC 557 Week 1 Chapter 1 (E1-4,E1-7,E1-11,P1-2A) 100% Scored

ACC 557 Assignment 2 You Are an Entrepreneur!

ACC 557 Week 2 Chapter 2 (E2-6,E2-9,E2-11,P2-2A) 100% Scored

ACC 557 Week 2 DQ 1

ACC 557 Week 2 DQ 2

ACC 557 Week 2 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 2 Chapter 3 (E3-6,E3-7,E3-11,P3-2A) 100% Scored]

ACC 557 Assignment 3 You Are an Investment Analyst

ACC 557 Week 3 Chapter 4 (E4-5,E4-7,E4-13,P4-4A) 100% Scored

ACC 557 Week 3 P4-4A

ACC 557 Week 3 Quiz

ACC 557 chapter 14(E14-3,E14-4,E14-13,P14-6A)

ACC 557 Week 4 Chapter 6 (E6-1,E6-10,E6-14,P6-3A)

ACC 557 Week 4 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 5 Chapter 7 (E7-5,E7-7,E7-14,P7-3A)

ACC 557 Week 5 Chapter 8 (E8-3,E8-5,E8-14,P8-7A)

ACC 557 Week 5 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 6 Chapter 9 (E9-9,E9-11,E9-12,P9-3A)

ACC 557 Week 6 Chapter 10 (E10-9,E10-12,E10-15,P10-1A)

ACC 557 Week 6 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 7 Chapter 11 (E11-7,E11-13,E11-17,P11-3A)

ACC 557 Week 7 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 8 Chapter 12 (E12-7,E12-8,E12-12,P12-2A)

ACC 557 Week 8 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 9 Chapter 13 (E13-3,E13-4,E13-6,P13-3A)

ACC 557 Week 9 Quiz

ACC 557 Entire Week 10 Updated 2014(NEW)

ACC 557 Week 10 Chapter 14 (E14-3,E14-4,E14-13,P14-6A)

ACC 557 Week 10 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 11 Quiz

Top of Form

Bottom of Form

Definition

ACC 557 Entire Course Updated 2014

(DQ’S INCLUDED)

http://hwminute.com/downloads/acc-557-complete-class-work/

Please use a valid e-mail address while placing your order, the link to download products will be sent to this address. Check your Junk/Spam folder as well. After downloading, unzip the files. If you don't have WINZIP software, you can download it for free at www.winzip.com . If you don't receive any download link within a minute. Please contact us immediately. (hwminute@gmail.com )

Visit Website: http://hwminute.com/

ACC 557 Entire Course Updated 2014

ACC 557 Assignment 1 Review of Accounting Ethics

ACC 557 Week 1 Chapter 1 (E1-4,E1-7,E1-11,P1-2A) 100% Scored

ACC 557 Assignment 2 You Are an Entrepreneur!

ACC 557 Week 2 Chapter 2 (E2-6,E2-9,E2-11,P2-2A) 100% Scored

ACC 557 Week 2 DQ 1

ACC 557 Week 2 DQ 2

ACC 557 Week 2 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 2 Chapter 3 (E3-6,E3-7,E3-11,P3-2A) 100% Scored]

ACC 557 Assignment 3 You Are an Investment Analyst

ACC 557 Week 3 Chapter 4 (E4-5,E4-7,E4-13,P4-4A) 100% Scored

ACC 557 Week 3 P4-4A

ACC 557 Week 3 Quiz

ACC 557 chapter 14(E14-3,E14-4,E14-13,P14-6A)

ACC 557 Week 4 Chapter 6 (E6-1,E6-10,E6-14,P6-3A)

ACC 557 Week 4 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 5 Chapter 7 (E7-5,E7-7,E7-14,P7-3A)

ACC 557 Week 5 Chapter 8 (E8-3,E8-5,E8-14,P8-7A)

ACC 557 Week 5 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 6 Chapter 9 (E9-9,E9-11,E9-12,P9-3A)

ACC 557 Week 6 Chapter 10 (E10-9,E10-12,E10-15,P10-1A)

ACC 557 Week 6 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 7 Chapter 11 (E11-7,E11-13,E11-17,P11-3A)

ACC 557 Week 7 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 8 Chapter 12 (E12-7,E12-8,E12-12,P12-2A)

ACC 557 Week 8 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 9 Chapter 13 (E13-3,E13-4,E13-6,P13-3A)

ACC 557 Week 9 Quiz

ACC 557 Entire Week 10 Updated 2014(NEW)

ACC 557 Week 10 Chapter 14 (E14-3,E14-4,E14-13,P14-6A)

ACC 557 Week 10 Quiz

ACC 557 Week 11 Quiz

Top of Form

Bottom of Form

Supporting users have an ad free experience!

Tweet

My Flashcards

My Sets

Collaborative Sets

Study Sessions

Favorites

Flashcard Pages

Images

Audio

Flashcard Library

Browse

Search

Browse

About

About FlashcardMachine

Contribute

Share

Support Form

Privacy Policy

Terms of Use

Help

FAQ

Getting Started

Signup

Links

Mobile

Apple App Store

Google Play

Amazon Apps

Create Account

© 2001 - 2024 Flash Card Machine, LLC